Matayo 17:12
12 Lakini nikabhajobhela muenga, Eliya amali kuhida, lakini bhakammanyi lepi. Baada j'hiake, bhambombili mambo gha bhitonda bhene. Na efyo ndo Mwana ghwa Adamu kyaibetakutesibhwa mu mabhokho gha bhene.
This verse may be mis-aligned with Strongs references.
I say
Strongs:
Greek:
λέγω
Transliteration:
legō
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
to speak
Morphhology:
Verb Present Active Indicative 1st Singular
Grammar:
an ACTION that happens - by a person or thing that is speaking or writing
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Additional:
speak, to speak, speak/ask
Tyndale
Word:
λέγω
Transliteration:
legō
Gloss:
to say
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
λέγω, [in LXX very freq, chiefly for אמר; λέγει for נְאֻם, Gen.22:16, al;] 1) in Hom, to pick out, gather, reckon, recount. 2) In Hdt. and Att, to say, speak, affirm, declare: absol, Act.13:15, 24:10; before orat. dir, Mat.9:34, Mrk.3:11, Jhn.1:29, al; before ὅτι recit, Mrk.3:21, Luk.1:24, Jhn.6:14, al; accusative and inf, Luk.11:18, Jhn.12:29, al; after another verb of speaking, προσφωνεῖν κ. λέγειν, Mat.11:17, al; ἀπεκρίθη (ἐλάλησεν) λέγων (καὶ λέγει; Dalman, Words, 24 ff.), Mat.25:9, Mrk.3:33, 7:28, Luk.24:6, 7, al; of unspoken thought, λ. ἐν ἑαυτῷ, Mat.3:9, Luk.3:8, al; of writing, 2Co.8:8, Php.4:11, al; λέγει ἡ γραφή, Rom.4:3, Jas.2:23, al; with accusative of thing(s), Luk.8:8, 9:33, Jhn.5:34, al; σὺ λέγεις (a non-committal phrase; Swete, Mk., 359, 369f.), Mat.27:11, Mrk.15:2, Luk.23:3, Jhn.18:37; with dative of person(s), before orat. dir, Mat.8:20, Mrk.2:17, al. mult; id. before ὅτι, Mat.3:9, al; with prep, πρός, μετά, περί, etc, Mrk.4:41, Jhn.11:56, Heb.9:5, al; to mean (cl.), Mrk.14:71, Jhn.6:71, 1Co.10:29, al; to call, name, Mrk.10:18; pass, Mat.9:9, Mrk.15:7, al (cf. ἀντι, δια- (-μαι), προ, συλ-λέγω). SYN.: λαλέω, which refers to the utterance, as λέγω to the meaning of what is said, its correspondence with thought (Tr, Syn., Ixxvi; Thayer, see word λαλέω). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
λέγω
Transliteration:
legō
Gloss:
to say
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
λέγω, B) pick up, etc: tenses for signification 1 and 11, future λέξω [Refs 8th c.BC+]: aorist ἔλεξα [Refs 4th c.BC+]:—middle, future in passive sense λέξομαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]: aorist ἐλεξάμην [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Epic dialect ἐλέγμην [Refs 8th c.BC+]:—passive, aorist ἐλέχθην [Refs 8th c.BC+]; post-[Refs 8th c.BC+]perfect εἴλοχα (κατ, συν-), passive εἴλεγμαι, in these senses rarely λέλεγμαι (see. the compounds); also future λεγήσομαι (συλ-): aorist 2 ἐλέγην (κατ, συν-):—gather, pick up, ὀστέα. λέγωμεν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αἱμασιάς τε λέγων picking out stones for building walls, [Refs 8th c.BC+]:—middle, gather for oneself, ἐπὶ δὲ ξύλα πολλὰ λέγεσθε [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.2) middle, choose for oneself, pick out, λέξαιτο. ἄνδρας ἀρίστους [Refs 8th c.BC+]:—passive, to be chosen, εἰ. λεγοίμεθα πάντες ἄριστοι [Refs] B.II) count, tell, ἐν δ᾽ ἡμέας λέγε κήτεσιν he counted us among the seals, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; and in aorist middle, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐγὼ πέμπτος μετὰ τοῖσιν ἐλέγμην I reckoned myself, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; λέκτο δ᾽ ἀριθμόν he told him over the number, [Refs]:—passive, μετὰ τοῖσιν ἐλέχθην I was counted among these, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.II.b) so, but not frequently, after [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also καὶ σὲ δ᾽ ἐν τούτοις λέγω count you among, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; λ. τινὰ οὐδαμοῦ count him as naught, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κέρδος λ, εἰ. count it gain, that, [Refs]:—middle, λέξατο πάντας [ναύτας] [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—passive, λέγεσθαι ἐν τοῖς ἱππικωτάτοις [Refs 5th c.BC+]: future middle in passive sense, ἐν τοῖς οὐκέτ᾽ οὖσι λέξομαι [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.2) recount, tell over, οὔ τι διαπρήξαιμι λέγων ἐμὰ κήδεα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also Ἀγαμέμνονι. λέγ᾽ ὀνείδεα repeated reproaches against him, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —middle, τί σε χρὴ ταῦτα λέγεσθα; why need'st thou tell the tale thereof? [Refs 8th c.BC+]; and so, μηκέτι ταῦτα λεγώμεθα νηπύτιοι ὥς[Refs 8th c.BC+] B.III) say, speak, first in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: future λέξω [Refs 5th c.BC+]: aorist ἔλεξα [Refs 6th c.BC+] and the Orators, common in some dialects, as Boeotian, [Refs 5th c.BC+]perfect λέλεχα [Refs 2nd c.AD+]:—passive, future λεχθήσομαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also future middle in passive sense, [Refs 5th c.BC+]aorist ἐλέχθην (never ἐλέγην in this sense) [Refs 5th c.BC+]: perfect λέλεγμαι [Refs 5th c.BC+] in this sense only in compound δι-): rare in compounds (only ἀντιλέγω, ἐπιλέγω, καταλέγω, προλέγω), the present in most compounds being supplied by ἀγορεύω, the future by ἐρῶ, the aorist by εἶπον, the perfect by εἴρηκα: B.III.1) say, speak, never in [Refs 8th c.BC+] and Trag. downwards; of all kinds of oral communications, ἐκέλευε λέγειν εἴ τι θέλοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so λέγοις ἄν speak, say on, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (so in passive, λόγος λέλεκται πᾶς [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of oracles, say, declare, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὥσπερ τοὔνομα λέγει indicates, [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ὑπέρ τινος in his defence, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κατά τινος against him, [Refs 6th c.BC+]; λ. ἐπί τισι εὐχὰς ἀγαθάς express good wishes for them, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; λ. τά τινος take his part, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; λ. πρός τι in reference or in answer to, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.III.2) with accusative et infinitive, say that, [Refs 5th c.BC+], and usually in later Gr, [LXX+NT+5th c.BC+]participle, λ. Οἰδίπουν ὀλωλότα speak of him as dead, [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—passive, λέξεται ἔχων [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.III.3) λέγειν τινά τι say something of another, especially κακὰ λ. τινά speak ill of him, revile him, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ ἔσχατα, τὰ ἀπόρρητα λ. ἀλλήλους, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also εὖ or κακῶς λ. τινά, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.III.4) call by name, ἃς τρέμομεν λ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with double accusative, call so and so, λέγοιμ᾽ ἂν ἄνδρα τόνδε τῶν σταθμῶν κύνα [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.III.5) λ. τινὰ ποιεῖν τι tell, command one to do, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: so with τινι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λέγε τὸν ἐρωτῶντα ἵνα. εἴπῃ σοι. [NT+4th c.BC+] B.III.6) λ. τι say something, i.e. speak to the point or purpose, βούλῃ λέγειν τι, καὶ λέγων μηδὲν κλύει; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λέγω τ; am I right? the answer being λέγεις, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; opposed to οὐδὲν λέγει has no meaning, no authority, οὐδὲν λ. τὸ σωφρόνως τραφῆναι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὐδὲν λέγεις nonsense! [Refs]; but οὐδὲν λέγειν, also, say what is not, lie, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also εὖ γε λέγεις, εὖ λέγεις, εὖ ἂν λέγοις, good news, that is well,[Refs]; καλῶς, ὀρθῶς λ, you are right, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κοὔπω λέγω and what is more, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; τί λέγει; τὸν ἔποπα παῖ καλεῖ; [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.III.7) pleonastic, ἔφη λέγων [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.III.8) at the beginning of letters or documents, Ἄμασις Πολυκράτεϊ ὧδε λέγει, Μαρδόνιος τάδε λέγει, etc, [Refs 5th c.BC+]. ά, etc; τὰ γράμματα ἔλεγε τάδε [Refs]; γράμμασι λέγον τάδε, of an inscription, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in roman edicts, Μάρκος Μέττιος Ῥοῦφος. λέγει [Refs 1st c.AD+] B.III.9) wish to say, mean, οὔτοι γυναῖκας ἀλλὰ Γοργόνας λέγω [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τί τοῦτο λέγει, πρὸ Πύλοι; what does πρὸ Πύλοιο mean? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; how do you mean? in what sense do you say this? Ap.[Refs]; ἢ πῶς λέγομε; or what do we mean to say? Grg.[Refs]; πῶς δὴ οὖν αὐτὸ λέγει; [Refs]; ποῖόν τί ποτε ἄρα λέγοντές φασι. what they can possibly mean by saying, [Refs] you, I mean Cassandra, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐμὲ λέγων meaning me, [Refs 5th c.BC+] is put in apposition with the word to be explained, Ἀντικλείας, τῆς σῆς λέγω τοι μητρός [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.III.9.b) περὶ ἃς (i.e. ἀπολαύσεις) λέγομεν τὸν σώφρονα in regard to which we use the term 'temperate', [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.III.10) ὡς λέγουσι as they say, [Refs 5th c.BC+] —passive, λέγεται it is said, c.accusative et infinitive, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but also πατρὸς λέγεται γενέσθαι. [Refs]; θανεῖν ἐλέχθη he was said to have been killed, [Refs 5th c.BC+] absolutely, as the saying goes, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the so-called, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ λ. ὅτι. of whom it is said that, [Refs] B.III.11) of orators, speak (emphatically), λέγειν δεινός [Refs 5th c.BC+]; plead one's cause in a court of law, [Refs]; δίκας λέγειν ὑπέρ τινος speak as an advocate for, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.III.12) boast of, tell of, τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ῥώμην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in Poets, sing of, θέλω λ. Ἀτρείδας [Refs] B.III.13) recite what is written, λαβὲ τὸ βιβλίον καὶ λέγε [Refs 5th c.BC+] and 10, etc; of lectures, ἀκούσατέ μου σχόλια λέγοντος [Refs 2nd c.AD+] (the sense of Latin lego, read, occurs only in the compounds ἀναλέγομαι, ἐπιλέγομαι). B.III.14) say or send word by another, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.III.15) maintain as a thesis, οἱ τὰς ἰδέας λέγοντες [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.III.16) nominate, Latin dicere [dictatorem], [Refs 2nd c.AD+]. (Cf. Latin lègo, legio, legulus ('olivegatherer').)
Strongs > g3004
Word:
λέγω
Transliteration:
légō
Pronounciation:
leg'-o
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Verb
Definition:
properly, to "lay" forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas g2036 (ἔπω) and g5346 (φημί) generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while g4483 (ῥέω) is properly to break silence merely, and g2980 (λαλέω) means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean; ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter; a primary verb
however
Strongs:
Lexicon:
δέ
Greek:
δὲ
Transliteration:
de
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
but/and
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
δέ
Transliteration:
de
Gloss:
then
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
δέ (before vowels δ᾽; on the general neglect of the elision in NT, see WH, App., 146; Tdf, Pr., 96), post-positive conjunctive particle; 1) copulative, but, in the next place, and, now (Abbott, JG, 104): Mat.1:2 ff, 2Co.6:15, 16, 2Pe.1:5-7; in repetition for emphasis, Rom.3:21, 22, 9:30, 1Co.2:6, Gal.2:2, Php.2:8; in transition to something new, Mat.1:18, 2:19, Luk.13:1, Jhn.7:14, Act.6:1, Rom.8:28, 1Co.7:1 8:1, al; in explanatory parenthesis or addition, Jhn.3:19, Rom.5:8, 1Co.1:12, Eph.2:4, 5:32, al; ὡς δέ, Jhn.2:9; καὶ. δέ, but also, Mat.10:18, Luk.1:76, Jhn.6:51, Rom.11:23, al; καὶ ἐὰν δέ, yea even if, Jhn.8:16. 2) Adversative, but, on the other hand, prop, answering to a foregoing μέν (which see), and distinguishing a word or clause from one preceding (in NT most frequently without μέν; Bl, §77, 12): ἐὰν δέ, Mat.6:14, 23, al; ἐγὼ (σὺ, etc.) δέ, Mat.5:22, 6:6, Mrk.8:29, al; ὁ δέ, αὐτὸς δέ, Mrk.1:45, Luk.4:40, al; after a negation, Mat.6:19, 20, Rom.3:4, 1Th.5:21, al. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
δέ
Transliteration:
de
Gloss:
then
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
δέ, but: adversative and copulative Particle, I) answering to μέν (which see), τὴν νῦν μὲν Βοιωτίαν, πρότερον δὲ Καδμηίδα γῆν καλουμένην [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) without preceding μέν, II.1) adversative, expressing distinct opposition, αἰεί τοι τὰ κάκ᾽ ἐστὶ φίλα. μαντεύεσθαι, ἐσθλὸν δ᾽ οὔτε τί πω εἶπας[Refs 5th c.BC+]; so in Prose, οὐκ ἐπὶ κακῷ, ἐλευθερώσει δέ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.2) copulative, II.2.a) in explanatory clauses, ξυνέβησαν. τὰ μακρὰ τείχη ἑλεῖν (ἦν δὲ σταδίων μάλιστα ὀκτώ) [Refs 8th c.BC+]: when a substantive is followed by words in apposition, Ἀρισταγόρῃ τῷ Μιλησίῳ, δούλῳ δὲ ἡμετέρῳ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so in answers, διπλᾶ λέγειν. —Answ. διπλᾶδ᾽ ὁρᾶν [Refs] II.2.b) in enumerations or transitions, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; with repetition of a word in different relations, ὣς Ἀχιλεὺς θάμβησεν, θάμβησαν δὲ καὶ ἄλλοι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; in rhetorical outbursts, οὐκ ἂν εὐθέως εἴποιεν· τὸν δὲ βάσκανον, τὸν δὲ ὄλεθρον, τοῦτον δὲ ὑβρίζειν,—ἀναπνεῖν δέ. [Refs 4th c.BC+]; in a climax, πᾶν γύναιον καὶ παιδίον καὶ θηρίον δέ nay even beast, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in the combination καὶ δέ [Refs 8th c.BC+] II.2.c) answering to τε (which see), ἃ τῶν τε ἀποβαινόντων ἕνεκα ἄξια κεκτῆσθαι, πολὺ δὲ μᾶλλον αὐτὰ αὑτῶν [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.3) implying causal connexion, less direct than γάρ, [Refs 8th c.BC+] II.4) in questions, with implied opposition, ἑόρακας δ᾽, ἔφη, τὴν γυναῖκ; [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.4.b) τί δ; what then? to mark a transition in dialogue; see at {τίς}. II) in apodosi: II.1) after hypothetical clauses, εἰ δέ κε μὴ δώωσιν, ἐγὼ δέ κεν αὐτὸς ἕλωμαι if they will not give it, then I, [Refs 8th c.BC+] II.1.b) after temporal or relative clauses, with ἐπεί, ἕως, etc, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; with demonstrative Pronouns or adverbs answering to a preceding relative, οἵηπερ φύλλων γενεή, τοίη δὲ καὶ ἀνδρῶν [Refs 8th c.BC+]: sometimes after a participle, οἰόμενοι. τιμῆς τεύξεσθαι, ἀντὶ δὲ τούτων οὐδ᾽ ὅμοιοι. ἐσόμεθα [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.2) to resume after an interruption or parenthesis, χρόνου δὲ ἐπιγινομένου καὶ κατεστραμμένων σχεδὸν πάντων,—κατεστραμμένων δὲ τούτων. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; with an anacoluthon, ἡ δὲ ψυχὴ ἄρα,—οἷ ἂν θεὸς θέλῃ. τῇ ἐμῇ ψυχῇ ἰτέον, αὕτη δὲ δή. [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.3) to begin a story, ἦμος δ᾽ ἠέλιος. well, when the sun, [Refs 8th c.BC+] II.4) to introduce a proof, τεκμήριον δέ, σημεῖον δέ, (see entry). B) POSITION of δέ. It usually stands second: hence frequently between Article and substantive or preposition and case; but also after substantive, or words forming a connected notion, hence it may stand third, γυναῖκα πιστὴν δ᾽ ἐν δόμοις εὕροι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so in Prose after a negative, οὐχ ὑπ᾽ ἐραστοῦ δέ, to avoid confusion between οὐ δέ and οὐδέ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
δέ
Transliteration:
dé
Pronounciation:
deh
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Definition:
but, and, etc.; also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English); a primary particle (adversative or continuative)
to you
Strongs:
Lexicon:
σύ
Greek:
ὑμῖν
Transliteration:
humin
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
you
Morphhology:
Personal pronoun 2nd Dative Plural
Grammar:
a reference to recently mentioned persons being spoken or written to that something is done for‚ or in relation to
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Additional:
to you
Alternates:
Tyndale
Word:
σύ
Transliteration:
su
Gloss:
you
Morphhology:
Greek Personal Pronoun (2nd person)
Definition:
σύ, pron. of 2nd of person(s), thou, you, genitive, σοῦ, dative, σοί, accusative, σέ, pl, ὑμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς (enclitic in oblique cases sing, except after prep. (BL, §48, 3), though πρὸς σέ occurs in Mat.25:39). Nom. for emphasis or contrast: Jhn.1:30, 4:10, 5:33, 39, 44, Act.4:7, Eph.5:32; so also perhaps σὺ εἶπας, Mat.26:64, al. (M, Pr., 86); before voc, Mat.2:6, Luk.1:76, Jhn.17:5, al; sometimes without emphasis (M, Pr., 85f.), as also in cl, but esp. as rendering of Heb. phrase, e.g. υἱός μου εἶ σύ (בְּנִי־אַתָּה, Psa.2:7), Act.13:33. The genitive (σοῦ, ὑμῶν) is sometimes placed bef. the noun: Luk.7:48, 12:30, al; so also the enclitic σοῦ, Mat.9:6; on τί ἐμοὶ κ. σοί, see: ἐγώ. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
σύ
Transliteration:
su
Gloss:
you
Morphhology:
Greek Personal Pronoun (2nd person)
Definition:
σύ [ῠ], thou: pronoun of the second person:—Epic dialect nominative τύνη [ῡ] [Refs 8th c.BC+] (Laconian dialect τούνη [Refs 5th c.AD+]; Aeolic dialect σύ [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Doric dialect τύ [ῠ] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect τού [short syllable] [Refs 6th c.BC+] (also τούν [Refs]σύ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]—Gen. σοῦ, [Refs], elsewhere only Attic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; enclitic σου, [Refs 8th c.BC+] (also in Lyric poetry, [Refs 8th c.BC+] (which also occurs in Lyric poetry, [Refs 7th c.BC+], and as enclitic σευ, [Refs 8th c.BC+], σεο (enclitic) [Refs] σευ (enclitic) [Refs]:—Doric dialect τεῦ, τευ, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; rarely τέο, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect τεῦς [Refs 6th c.BC+]; Doric dialect τεοῦς [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοι variant in [Refs]; enclitic τεος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; other Doric dialect forms are τίω, τίως, both [Refs 3rd c.BC+]—Dat. σοί, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc; Doric dialect τοί [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Doric dialect, Lesb, and Ionic dialect enclitic τοι[Refs 8th c.BC+], Lesbian Lyric poetry, and Ionic dialect Lyric poetry and Prose τοι is always enclitic, σοί never enclitic (τοί and σοι are not found except σοι [Refs 8th c.BC+], and in codices of [Refs 5th c.BC+]; rarer than τοι in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in Attic dialect both σοί and σοι (enclitic) are used (σοί [Refs 5th c.BC+], τοί and τοι are not used; σοι is never elided except in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Epic dialect and Lyric poetry also τεΐν, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also τίν [ῐ], [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τίν [ῑ], [Refs 3rd c.BC+] before a consonant, [Refs 7th c.BC+]—Acc. σέ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; enclitic σε,[Refs 7th c.BC+]; in late Gr. σέν, [Refs]; Doric dialect τέ [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τ᾽ variant (codex R) in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τρέ (to be read τϝέ) [Refs 5th c.AD+]; or (enclitic) τυ [Refs 6th c.BC+] 2) in combination with γε, σύ γε, σέ γε, etc. (compare ἔγωγε), thou at least, for thy part, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+] and Attic dialect; Doric dialect τύγε [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect τούγα [Refs 2nd c.AD+]: dative σοί γε [Refs 8th c.BC+]: accusative σέ γε [Refs], etc:—also σύ περ [Refs] 3) σύ with infinitive (as imperative), [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) Dual nominative and accusative σφῶϊ, [Refs 8th c.BC+], you two, both of you; σφώ (not σφῴ,[Refs 8th c.BC+]—Gen. and Dat. σφῶϊν, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; contraction σφῷν once in [Refs 8th c.BC+]. None of these forms are enclitic, [Refs 5th c.BC+] enclitic; Ζεὺς σφὼ is prescribed in [Refs 8th c.BC+] —σφῶϊ is never dative; in [Refs 8th c.BC+] it is the accusative depending on κελεύ; σφῶϊν is never accusative; in [Refs 8th c.BC+] III) Plur. nominative ὑμεῖς, [Refs 8th c.BC+], ye, you; Aeolic dialect and Epic dialect ὔμμες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ὑμές [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect οὐμές [Refs 6th c.BC+]; a resolved form ὑμέες, [Refs 1st c.BC+] rather than genuine Ionic [Refs 5th c.BC+]— Gen. ὑμῶν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὑμέων (disyllable) [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὑμέων also [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ὑμέων [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also ὑμῶν, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; Aeolic dialect ὑμμέων [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect οὐμίων [Refs 6th c.BC+]—Dat. ὑμῖν, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Ionic dialect enclitic ὗμῐν [Refs 2nd c.AD+] also Doric dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Doric dialect (not enclitic) ὑμίν [ῐ] [Refs]; ὑμίν [ῐ] also in [Refs 5th c.BC+] should perhaps be restored where the sense needs an enclitic on the principle stated by [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; ὕμιν[Refs 8th c.BC+]—Acc. ὑμᾶς, [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc. (-υ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὗμας or (more probably) ὕμας is required by the metre in [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; Ionic dialect ὑμέας (disyllable) [Refs 8th c.BC+]; enclitic ὕμεας (disyllable) [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; ὑμέας also [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect and Epic dialect ὔμμε [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ὑμέ [Refs 7th c.BC+]—The plural is sometimes used in addressing one person, when others are included in the speaker's thought, as [Refs 8th c.BC+] cf. Latin tu, Gothic pu; with τοι Sanskrit genitive and dative te; the origin of σφῶϊ is doubtful; with ὑμεῖς cf. Sanskrit accusative plural yusmān.)
Strongs
Word:
σύ
Transliteration:
sý
Pronounciation:
soo
Language:
Greek
Definition:
thou; thou; the personal pronoun of the second person singular
that
Strongs:
Greek:
ὅτι
Transliteration:
hoti
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
that/since
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Additional:
that/since, that
Tyndale
Word:
ὅτι
Transliteration:
hoti
Gloss:
that/since: that
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
ὅτι, conjc. (prop. neut. of ὅστις). I. As conjc, introducing an objective clause, that; 1) after verbs of seeing, knowing, thinking, saying, feeling: Mat.3:9 6:32 11:25, Mrk.3:28, Luk.2:49, Jhn.2:22, Act.4:13, Rom.1:13 8:38 10:9, Php.4:15, Jas.2:24, al; elliptically, Jhn.6:46, Php.3:12, al. 2) After εἶναι (γίνεσθαι): defining a demonstr. or of person(s) pron, Jhn.3:19 16:19, Rom.9:6, 1Jn.3:16 al; with pron. interrog, Mat.8:27, Mrk.4:41, Luk.4:36, Jhn.4:22 al; id. elliptically, Luk.2:49, Act.5:4, 9, al; 3) Untranslatable, before direct discourse (ὅτι recitantis): Mat.7:23, Mrk.2:16, Luk.1:61, Jhn.1:20, Act.15:1, Heb.11:18, al. (on the pleonastic ὡς ὅτι, see: ὡς). II. As causal particle, for that, because: Mat.5:4-12, Luk.6:20, 21, J0 1:30 5:27, Act.1:5, 1Jn.4:18, Rev.3:10, al. mult; διὰ τοῦτο ὅτι, Jhn.8:47 10:17, al; answering a question (διὰ τί), Rom.9:32, al; οὐκ ὅτι. ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι, Jhn.6:26 12:6. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ὅτι
Transliteration:
hoti
Gloss:
that/since: that
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
ὅτῐ, Epic dialect ὅττῐ (both in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: conjunction, to introduce an objective clause, that, after Verbs of seeing or knowing, thinking or saying; in [Refs 8th c.BC+] —Usage: I) when ὅτι introduces a statement of fact: I.a) in [Refs 8th c.BC+] always with indicative, the tense following the same rules as in English, ἤγγειλ᾽ ὅττι ῥά οἱ πόσις ἔκτοθι μίμνε πυλάων [Refs 8th c.BC+] I.b) in Attic dialect, ὅτι takes indicative after primary tenses, indicative or optative after secondary tenses, e.g. ἐνδείκνυμαι ὅτι οὐκ ἔστι σοφός [Refs 5th c.BC+] news came that Megara had (literal has) revolted, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes optative and indicative are found in the same sentence, ἔλεγον, ὅτι Κῦρος μὲν τέθνηκεν, Ἀριαῖος δὲ πεφευγὼς. εἴη [Refs 5th c.BC+]. and the accusative with infinitive are found together, [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.2) when ὅτι introduces a conditional sentence, the Constr. after ὅτι is the same as in independent conditional sentences, εἴ τις ἔροιτο, καθ᾽ ὁποίους νόμους δεῖ πολιτεύεσθαι, δῆλον ὅτι ἀποκρίναισθ᾽ ἄν. it is manifest that you would answer, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) ὅτι is frequently inserted pleonastic in introducing a quotation (where we use no conjunction and put inverted commas), λόγον τόνδε ἐκφαίνει ὁ Πρωτεύς, λέγων ὅτι ἐγὼ εἰ μὴ περὶ πολλοῦ ἡγεύμην. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; καὶ ἐγὼ εἶπον, ὅ. ἡ αὐτή μοι ἀρχή ἐστι. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; even where the quotation consists of one word,[Refs] II.2) ὅ. is also used pleonastic with the infinitive and accusative [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but ὅτι has frequently been wrongly inserted by the copyists, as if εἶπεν or λέγουσιν must be followed by it, as in [Refs 5th c.BC+] III) ὅτι in Attic dialect frequently represents a whole sentence, especially in affirmative answers, οὐκοῦν. τὸ ἀδικεῖν κάκιον ἂν εἴη τοῦ ἀδικεῖσθαι. Answ. δῆλον δὴ ὅτι (i.e. ὅτι κάκιον ἂν εἴη, or ὅτι ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχει) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare οἶδ᾽ ὅτι, ἴσθ᾽ ὅτι, οἶσθ᾽ ὅτι, [Refs 5th c.BC+] adverb III.2) what we make the subject of the Verb which follows ὅτι frequently stands in the preceding clause, Αυκάονας δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ εἴδομεν, ὅτι. καρποῦνται (for εἴδομεν, ὅτι Λυκάονες καρποῦνται) [Refs 5th c.BC+] IV) ὅτι sometimes = with regard to the fact that, ὅτι. οὔ φησι. ὄνομα εἶναι, ὑποπτεύω αὐτὸν σκώπτειν [Refs 5th c.BC+] V) οὐχ ὅ, ἀλλὰ or ἀλλὰ καὶ, οὐχ ὅ. ὁ Κρίτων ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ ἦν, ἀλλὰ οἱ φίλοι αὐτοῦ not only [Refs 1st c.AD+], but his friends, [Refs 5th c.BC+] not only the powers in Europe, but, [Refs 5th c.BC+], not followed by a second clause, means although, οὐχ ὅ. παίζει καί φησι [Refs 5th c.BC+] V.2) for ὅτι μή, see at {ὅ τι} 11. B) as a causal Particle, for that, because, generally after Verbs of feeling, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: but without such a Verb, ὃν περὶ πάσης τῖεν ὁμηλικίης, ὅτι οἱ φρεσὶν ἄρτια ᾔδη [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.b) followed by τί, ὅτι τ; why? (literal because why?) [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὅτι τί δ; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὅτι δὴ τί μάλιστ; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὅτι δὴ τί γ; [Refs]; compare ὁτιή. B.2) seeing that, in giving the reason for saying what is said, γλαυκὴ δέ σε τίκτε θάλασσα. ὅτι τοι νόος ἐστὶν ἀπηνής as is proved by the fact that, [Refs 8th c.BC+] (ὅ τ᾽) probably always represents ὅτε (ὅ τε): there are no examples of ὅττ᾽: hiatus after ὅτι is permitted in Comedy texts, [Refs 5th c.BC+]
Strongs > g3754
Word:
ὅτι
Transliteration:
hóti
Pronounciation:
hot'-ee
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Definition:
demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because; as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why; neuter of g3748 (ὅστις) as conjunction
Elijah
Strongs:
Lexicon:
Ἡλίας
Greek:
Ἠλίας
Transliteration:
Ēlias
Context:
Next word
Morphhology:
Noun Nominative Singular Masculine Individual
Grammar:
a PERSON
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Other Spelling:
WH: Ἠλείας;
Additional:
Elijah @ 1Ki.17.1
Tyndale
Word:
Ἡλίας
Origin:
the Greek of h452G
Transliteration:
Hēlias
Gloss:
Elijah
Morphhology:
Proper Name Noun Male Person
Definition:
Ἡλείας (Rec. Ἡλίας; L Tr, Ἡίας; T, Ἡλείας; cf. WH, App., 155, Intr., § 408), -ου (-α, Luk.1:17, WH), ὁ (Heb. אֵלִיָּה,), Elijah (3Ki.17:1-24, al.): Mat.11:14 16:14 17:3-4, 10-12 27:47, 49, Mrk.6:15 8:28 9:4-5, 11-13 15:35-36 Luk.1:17 4:25-26 9:8, 19 9:30, 33 9:54, Jhn.1:21, 25, Jas.5:17; ἐν Ἠ, in the portion concerning E, Rom.11:2. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
Ἡλίας
Origin:
the Greek of h452G
Transliteration:
Hēlias
Gloss:
Elijah
Morphhology:
Proper Name Noun Male Person
Definition:
feminine adjective of the sun , quoted in [Refs 2nd c.AD] (from Middle LSJ)
Strongs
Word:
Ἡλίας
Transliteration:
Hēlías
Pronounciation:
hay-lee'-as
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Noun Masculine
Definition:
Helias (i.e. Elijah), an Israelite; Elias; of Hebrew origin (h452)
already
Strongs:
Greek:
ἤδη
Transliteration:
ēdē
Context:
Next word
Morphhology:
Adverb
Grammar:
DESCRIBING a specific ACTION
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
ἤδη
Transliteration:
ēdē
Gloss:
already
Morphhology:
Greek Adverb
Definition:
ἤδη adv., in NT, always of time; now, already: Mat.3:10, Mrk.4:37, Luk.7:6, Jhn.4:36, al; νῦν. ἤ, now already, 1Jn.4:3; ἤ. ποτέ, now at length, with fut, Rom.1:10 (cf. ἄρτι) (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ἤδη
Transliteration:
ēdē
Gloss:
already
Morphhology:
Greek Adverb
Definition:
ἤδη, adverb: 1) already, by this time, νὺξ ἤ. τελέθει 'tis already night, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: with numerals, ἤ. γὰρ τρίτον ἔτος [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἦν δ᾽ ἦμαρ ἤ. δεύτερον[Refs] 2) forthwith, immediately, φρονέω δὲ διακρινθήμεναι ἤ. Ἁργείους καὶ Τρῶας [Refs 8th c.BC+]; στείχοις ἂν ἤ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἤδη. στέλλεσθ; [Refs]; μετὰ τοῦτ᾽ ἤ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἤ. ποτέ now at length, Mitteis [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; on the verso of a letter, urgent, immediate, PCair. Zen.154 [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; ἤ. ἤ. ταχὺ ταχύ [Refs] 3) opposed to to the future or past, actually, now, οὐκ ὄναρ, ἀλλ᾽ ὕπαρ ἤ. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἱ μὲν τάχ᾽, οἱ δ᾽ ἐσαῦθις, οἱ δ᾽ ἤ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὐ τάχ᾽, ἀλλ᾽ ἤ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ ἤ. χάρις present favour, [Refs 5th c.BC+] 4) of logical proximity, ἤ. γὰρ ἂν προστίθεσθαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ ἐκ τούτων ἤ. συγκείμενα[Refs]; τοῦτο τοὔπος δεινὸν ἤ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ πάντα τὰ πράγματα διαφθείραντα ταῦτ᾽ ἐστὶν ἤ. [Refs 4th c.BC+] 4.b) καὶ ἤ. and further, as well, ἐμέ τε καὶ σὲ καὶ τἆλλ᾽ ἤ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] 4.c) for instance, [Refs] 4.d) only then, then and not before, τότ᾽ ἤδη [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐνταῦθ᾽ ἤ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] 5) with superlative, ὦ πάντων ἀνδρῶν ἤ. μάλιστα. κτησάμενε up to this time, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with comparative, ἤδη. λόγου μέζων [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) joined with other words of time, ἤ. νῦν now already, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; νῦν ἤ. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ποτ᾽ ἤ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πάλαι ἤ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἤ. τότε even then, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐπεὶ ἤ. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἰ ἤ. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὸ τηνίκ᾽ ἤ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ λοιπὸν ἤ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἤ. γε even now, [Refs 4th c.BC+] III) of place, ἀπὸ ταύτης ἤ. Αἴγυπτος after this Egypt begins, [Refs 5th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
ἤδη
Transliteration:
ḗdē
Pronounciation:
ay'-day
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Adverb
is come,
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ἔρχομαι
Greek:
ἦλθεν,
Transliteration:
ēlthen
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
to come/go
Morphhology:
Verb 2nd Aorist Active Indicative 3rd Singular
Grammar:
an ACTION that happened - by a person or thing being discussed
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
ἔρχομαι
Transliteration:
erchomai
Gloss:
to come/go
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
ἔρχομαι, [in LXX very frequently for בּוֹא, also for הלךְ ni, אתה, etc, 34 words in all;] 1) to come; (a) of persons, either as arriving or returning from elsewhere: Mat.8:9, Mrk.6:31, Luk.7:8, Jhn.4:27, Rom.9:9, al; before ἀπό, Mrk.5:35 7:1, Jhn.3:2, al; ἐκ, Luk.5:17, Jhn.3:31, al; εἰς, Mrk.1:29, al; διά before εἰς, Mrk.7:31; ἐν (Cremer, 263f, but see: ἐν), Rom.15:29, 1Co.4:21; ἐπί, with accusative, Mrk.6:53 11:13, Jhn.19:33, al; κατά, with accusative, Luk.10:33 Act.16:7; παρά, with genitive, Luk.8:49; with accusative, Mat.15:29, Mrk.9:14, al; with dative comm, incomm. (M, Pr., 75, 245), Mat.21:5, Rev.2:5, 16; with adverbs: πόθεν, Jhn.3:8, al; ἄνωθεν, Jhn.3:31; ὄπισθεν, Mrk.5:27; ὧδε, Mat.8:29; ἐκεῖ, Jhn.18:3; ποῦ, Heb.11:8; before ἕως, Luk.4:42; ἄχρι, Act.11:5; with purpose expressed by inf, Mrk.5:14, Luk.1:59, al; by fut. ptcp, Mat.27:49; ἵνα, Jhn.12:9; εἰς τοῦτο, ἵνα, Act.9:21; διά, with accusative, Jhn.12:9; before verbs of action, ἔρχεται καί, ἦλθε καί, etc: Mrk.2:18, Jhn.6:15, al; ἔρχου καὶ ἴδε, Jhn.1:47 11:34; ἐλθών (redundant; Dalman, Words, 20 f.), Mat.2:8 8:7, Mrk.7:25, Act.16:39, al; similarly ἐρχόμενος, Luk.15:25, al; of coming into public view: esp. of the Messiah (ὁ ἐρχόμενος, Mat.11:3, al; see Cremer, 264), Luk.3:16, Jhn.4:25; hence, of Jesus, Mat.11:19, Luk.7:34, Jhn.5:43, al; of the second coming, Mat.10:23, Act.1:11, 1Co.4:5, 1Th.5:2, al; (b) of time: ἔρξονται ἡμέραι (present for fut: Bl, §56, 8), Luk.23:29, Heb.8:8 " (LXX); fut, Mat.9:15, Mrk.2:20, al; ἔρξεται ὥρα, ὅτε, Jhn.4:21, 23. al; ἦλθεν, ἐλήλυθε ἡ ὥρα, Jhn.13:1 16:32 17:1; ἡ ἡμέρα τ. κυρίου, 1Th.5:2; καιροί, Act.3:19; (with) of things and events: κατακλυσμός, Luk.17:27; λιμός, Act.7:11; ἡ ὀργή, 1Th.1:10; ὁ λύχνος, Mrk.4:21 (see Swete, in l.). Metaphorical, τ. ἀγαθά, Rom.3:8; τ. τέλειον, 1Co.13:10; ἡ πίστις, Gal.3:23, 25; ἡ ἐντολή, Rom.7:9; with prepositions: ἐκ τ. θλίψεως, Rev.7:14; ἐις τ. χεῖρον, Mrk.5:26; εἰς πειρασμόν, ib. 14:38, al. 2) to go: ὀπίσω, with genitive (Heb. הָלַךְ אַחֲרֵי), Mat.16:24, Mrk.8:34, Luk.9:23; σύν, Jhn.21:3; ὁδόν, Luk.2:44. (Cf. ἀν, ἐπ-αν, ἀπ, δι, εἰς, ἐπ-εἰσ, συν-εἰσ, ἐξ, δι-εξ, ἐπ, κατ, παρ, ἀντι-παρ, περι, προ, προσ, συν-έρχομαι.) SYN.: πορεύομαι, χωρέω (v, Thayer, see word ἔρξομαι). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ἔρχομαι
Transliteration:
erchomai
Gloss:
to come/go
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
ἔρχομαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]: imperfect ἠρχόμην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently in later Prose, [LXX+NT+2nd c.AD+]; in Attic dialect rare even in compounds, ἐπ-ηρχόμην [Refs 5th c.BC+]future ἐλεύσομαι, [Refs 8th c.BC+], Ionic dialect, Trag. [Refs 5th c.BC+], in Attic dialect Prose only in [Refs 5th c.BC+]: aorist, Epic dialect and Lyric poetry ἤλῠθον [Refs 8th c.BC+]; but ἦλθον is more frequently even in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Epic dialect infinitive ἐλθέμεναι, -έμεν, [Refs 8th c.BC+] unaugmented unless ἐξ-ελύθη [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ἦνθον [Refs 5th c.BC+]; participle ἐνθών [Refs 6th c.BC+]; subjunctive ἔνθῃ [Refs]; Laconian dialect ἔλσῃ, ἔλσοιμι, ἐλσών, [NT+5th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. plural ἤλθοσαν [LXX+2nd c.BC+]; ἤλυθα [Refs 4th c.AD+]perfect ἐλήλῠθα (not in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; syncopated. plural ἐλήλῠμεν, -υτε, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Epic dialect εἰλήλουθα, whence I plural εἰλήλουθμεν [Refs 8th c.BC+], participle εἰληλουθώς [Refs 8th c.BC+], participle κατ-εληλευθυῖα [Refs]; Cretan dialect perfect infinitive ἀμφ-εληλεύθεν, see at {ἀμφέρχομαι}: Boeotian dialect perfect διεσσ-είλθεικε[Refs 3rd c.BC+]participle κατηνθηκότι[Refs 4th c.BC+]: pluperfect ἐληλύθειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ἐληλύθεε [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Epic dialect εἰληλούθει [Refs 8th c.BC+] —In _Attic dialect_ the oblative moods of present, as well as the imperfect and future were replaced by forms of εἶμι ibo (which see): in [Refs]future, aorist, and perfect being supplied as before by ἐλυθ- (ἐλθ-): I) start, set out, ἦ μέν μοι μάλα πολλὰ.Λυκάων ἐρχομένῳ ἐπέτελλε when I was setting out, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τύχησε γὰρ ἐρχομένη νηῦς a ship was just starting, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐς πλόον ἐρχομένοις (variant{ἀρχ-}) [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.2) walk,= περιπατέω, χαμαὶ ἐρχομένων ἀνθρώπων [Refs 8th c.BC+]; σὲ δ᾽ ἐρχόμενον ἐν δίκᾳ πολὺς ὄλβος ἀμφινέμεται walking in justice, [Refs 5th c.BC+]present ἔρχομαι. II) (much more frequently) come or go (the latter especially in Epic dialect and Lyric poetry), ἦλθες thou art come, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; χαίροισ᾽ ἔρχεο go and fare thee well, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἶκον ἐλεύσεται[Refs 4th c.BC+]: as a hortatory exclamation, ἀλλ᾽ ἔρχευ, λέκτρονδ᾽ ἴομεν [Refs 8th c.BC+] III) with accusative cognate, ὁδὸν ἐλθέμεναι to go a journey, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; νόστιμον ἐλθεῖν πόδα (variant{δόμον}) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀγγε- λίην, ἐξεσίην ἐλθεῖν, go on an embassy, [Refs 8th c.BC+] III.2) with accusative loci, come to, arrive at, rare in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: frequently in later Poets, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; traverse, ὁ ἥλιος ἔρχεται τῆς Λιβύης τὰ ἄνω [Refs 8th c.BC+] III.3) with genitive loci, ἔρχονται πεδίοιο through or across the plain, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; but also, from a place, γῆς τινος [Refs 5th c.BC+] III.4) with dative person, come to, i.e. come to aid or relieve one, rare in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also in hostile sense, ἔρχομαί σοι [NT] IV) with future participle, to denote the object, ἔρχομαι ἔγχος οίσόμενος I go to fetch, [Refs 8th c.BC+] IV.2) in [Refs 5th c.BC+] I am going to tell, [Refs]; σημανέων [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἔρχομαι ἐπιχειρῶν -σοι ἐπιδείξασθαι, for ἔ. σοι ἐπιδειξόμενος, [Refs 5th c.BC+] IV.3) with participle present, aorist, or perfect, in [Refs 8th c.BC+] she came running, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μὴ πεφοβημένος ἔλθῃς lest thou come thither in full flight,[Refs]; ἦλθε φθάμενος he came first,[Refs]; κεχαρισμένος ἔλθυι [Refs 8th c.BC+] IV.4) aor, participle ἐλθών added to Verbs, οὐ δύναμαι.μάχεσθαι ἐλθών go and fight, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κάθηρον ἐλθών come and cleanse,[Refs 5th c.BC+] V) of any kind of motion, ἐξ ἁλὸς ἐλθεῖν to rise out of the sea, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐπὶ πόντον to go over it, [Refs]; with qualifying phrase, πόδεσσιν ἔ. to go on foot, [Refs]have come as a foot-soldier, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; of birds, [Refs]; of ships, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; of spears or javelins, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; of natural phenomena, as rivers, [Refs]; wind and storm, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; stars, rise, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; of events and conditions, είς ὅ κε γῆρας ἔλθῃ καὶ θάνατος [Refs]; of feelings, go, ἦ κέ μοι αίνὸν ἀπὸ πραπίδων ἄχος ἔλθοι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; of sounds, etc, τὸν.περὶ φρένας ἤλυθ᾽ ίωή [Refs 8th c.BC+]; without φρένας, περὶ δέ σφεας ἤλυθ᾽ ι>ωή [Refs]; of battle, ὁμόσ᾽ ἦλθε μάχη [Refs 8th c.BC+]; of things sent or taken, ὄφρα κε δῶρα ἐκ κλισίης ἔλθῃσι [Refs]; so later, especially of danger or evil, with dative, εἰ πάλιν ἔλθοι τῇ Ἑλλάδι κίνδυνος ὑπὸ βαρβάρων [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of reports, commands, etc, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοῖς Ἀθηναίοις ὡς ἦλθε τὰ γεγενημένα came to their ears, [Refs]; τὰ ἐρχόμενα ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν that which was about to happen to him, [NT]; of property, which comes or passes to a person by bequest, conveyance, gift, etc, τὰ ἐληλυθότα εἴς με ἀπὸ κληρονομίας [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; ἐ. εἴς τινα ἀπὸ παραχωρήσεως, κατὰ δωρεάν, [Refs 3rd c.AD+]: —Geometry texts, pass, fall, ἔ. ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ σαμεῖον pass through the same point, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; ὅπου ἂν ἔρχηται τὸ ἕτερον σαμεῖον wherever the other point falls, [Refs] B) Post-Homeric phrases: B.1) ἐς λόγους ἔρχεσθαί τινι come to speech with, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2) εἰς χεῖρας ἐλθεῖν τινι (see. χείρ); so ἐς μάχην ἐλθεῖν τινι [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.3) ἐπὶ μεῖζον ἔ. increase, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐπὶ πᾶν ἐλθεῖν try everything, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.4) ἐς τὸ δεινόν, ἐς τὰ ἀλγεινὰ ἐλθεῖν, come into danger, etc, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐπ᾽ ἔσχατον ἐλθεῖν ἀηδίας Id [Refs]; ὅσοι ἐνταῦθα ἦλθον ἡλικίας arrived at that time of life, [Refs]; ἐς ἀσθενὲς ἔ. come to an impotent conclusion, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς ἀριθμὸν ἐλθεῖν to be numbered, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἰς ἑαυτὸν ἐλθεῖν come to oneself, [NT+2nd c.AD+] B.5) παρὰ μικρὸν ἐλθεῖν with infinitive, come within a little of, be near a thing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; παρὰ τοσοῦτον ἡ Μυτιλήνη ἦλθε κινδύνου so narrow was her escape, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.6) with διά and genitive, periphrastic for a Verb, e.g. διὰ μάχης τινὶ ἐλθεῖν for μάχεσθαί τινι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; διὰ πυρὸς ἐλθεῖν τινι rage furiously against, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but οί διὰ πάντων τῶν καλῶν ἐληλυθότες who have gone through the whole circle of duties, have fulfilled them all, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.7) ἔ. παρὰ τὴν γυναῖκα, παρὰ Ἀρίστωνα, of sexual intercourse, go in to her, to him, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πρός τινα, of marriage, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.8) ἔ. ἐπὶ πόλιν attack, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.9) ἔ. ἐς depend upon or be concerned with, τό γ᾽ εἰς ἀνθρώπους ἐλθόν [Refs 1st c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
ἔρχομαι
Transliteration:
érchomai
Pronounciation:
el'-tho
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Verb
Definition:
to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively); accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set; middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur)
and
Strongs:
Lexicon:
καί
Greek:
καὶ
Transliteration:
kai
Context:
Next word
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
καί
Transliteration:
kai
Gloss:
and
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
καί, conj., and I. Copulative. 1) Connecting single words; (a) in general: Mat.2:18, 16:1, Mrk.2:15, Luk.8:15, Heb.1:1, al. mult; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mat.23:23, Luk.14:21, Rom.7:12, 9:4, al. (b) connecting numerals (WM, §37, 4): Jhn.2:20, Act.13:20; (with) joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mat.8:33, 26:59, Mrk.16:17, Act.5:29, al. 2) Connecting clauses and sentences: Mat.3:12, Act.5:21, al. mult; esp. (a) where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, §60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss, LAE, 128ff.): Mat.1:21, 7:25, Mrk.9:5, Jhn.10:3, al; (b) joining affirmative to negative sentences: Luk.3:14, Jhn.4:11, IIIJhn.10; (with) consecutive, and so: Mat.5:1, 23:32, Heb.3:19, al; after imperatives, Mat.4:19, Luk.7:7, al; (d) = καίτοι, and yet: Mat.3:14, 6:26, Mrk.12:12, Luk.18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), 1Co.5:2, al; (e) beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Luk.2:21, 7:12, Act.1:10; beginning a question (WM, §53, 3a): Mrk.10:26, Luk.10:29, Jhn.9:36. 3) Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, §53, 3c): Luk.3:18, Jhn.1:16, Act.23:6, Rom.1:5, 1Co.3:5, al. 4) In transition: Mat.4:23, Mrk.5:1, 21, Jhn.1:19, al; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο (וַי:הִי; also ἐγένετο δέ), Mrk.1:9 (cf. Luk.5:1; V. Burton, §§357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). 5) καὶ. καί, both. and (for τε. καί, see: τε); (a) connecting single words: Mat.10:28, Mrk.4:41, Rom.11:33, al; (b) clauses and sentences: Mrk.9:13, Jhn.7:28, 1Co.1:22, al. II. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mat.5:39, 40; Mrk.2:28, al. mult; esp. with pron, adv, etc, Mat.20:4, Jhn.7:47, al; ὡς κ, Act.11:17; καθὼς κ, Rom.15:7; οὑτω κ, Rom.6:11; διὸ κ, Luk.1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss, BS, 313ff.), Act.13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ. (Bl, §77, 7; Deiss, BS, 265f,), Php.4:3; τί κ, 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ, Luk.14:22, Jhn.5:18, al; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, §437), Act.17:27; καίπερ, Heb.5:8; κ. ἐάν, see: ἐάν. ἐάν, contr. fr. εἰ ἄν, conditional particle, representing something as "under certain circumstances actual or liable to happen," but not so definitely expected as in the case of εἰ with ind. (Bl, §65, 4; cf. Jhn.13:17, 1Co.7:36), if haply, if; 1) with subjc. (cl.); (a) pres: Mat.6:22, Luk.10:6, Jhn.7:17, Rom.2:25, 26 al; { (b) aor. (= Lat. fut. pf.): Mat.4:9 16:26 (cf. ptcp. in Luk.9:25; M, Pr., 230), Mrk.3:24, Luk.14:34, Jhn.5:43, Rom.7:2, al; = cl. εἰ, with opt, Jhn.9:22 11:57, Act.9:2; as Heb. אִם = ὅταν, Jhn.12:32 14:3, I Jhn.2:28 3:2, Heb.3:7 " (LXX). 2) C. indic, (as in late writers, fr. Arist. on; see WH, App., 171; VD, MGr. 2, App., §77; Deiss, BS, 201f, LAE, 155, 254; M, Pr., 168, 187; Bl, §65, 4); (a) fut: Mat.18:19 T, Luk.19:40, Act.7:7; (b) pres: 1Th.3:8 (see Milligan, in l.). 3) With other particles: ἐ. καί (Bl, §65, 6), Gal.6:1; ἐ. μή (M, Pr., 185, 187; Bl, l.with), with subjc. pres, Mat.10:13, 1Co.8:8, Jas.2:17, 1Jn.3:21; aor, Mat.6:15, Mrk.3:27, Jhn.3:3, Rom.10:15, Gal.1:8 2:16 (see Lft, Ellic, in ll.); ἐ. τε. ἐ. τε, [in LXX for אִם. אִם, Est.19:13, al,] Rom.14:8. 4) = cl. ἄν (which see) after relat. pronouns and adverbs (Tdf, Pr., 96; WH, App., 173; M, Pr., 42f; Bl, §26, 4; Mayser, 152f; Deiss, BS, 202ff.): ὃς ἐ, Mat.5:19, Mrk.6:22, 23 Luk.17:32, 1Co.6:18, al; ὅπου ἐ, Mat.8:19; ὁσάκις ἐ, Rev.11:6; οὗ ἐ, 1Co.16:6; καθὸ ἐ, 2Co.8:12; ὅστις ἐ, Gal.5:10. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
καί
Transliteration:
kai
Gloss:
and
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
καί, conjunction, copulative, joining words and sentences, A) and; also adverb, even, also, just, frequently expressing emphatic assertion or assent, corresponding as positive to the negative οὐ (μή) or οὐδέ (μηδέ). copulative, and, A.I) joining words or sentences to those preceding, ἦ, καὶ κυανέῃσιν ἐπ᾽ ὀφρύσινεῦσε Κρονίων [Refs 8th c.BC+]: repeated with two or more Nouns, αἱ δὲ ἔλαφοι κ. δορκάδες κ. οἱ ἄγριοι οἶες κ. οἱ ὄνοι οἱ ἄγριοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; joining only the last pair, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ ὄχλος πλείων κ. πλείων ἐπέρρει more and more, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to add epithets after πολύς, πολλὰ κ. ἐσθλά [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.I.2) to addalimiting or defining expression, πρὸς μακρὸν ὄρος κ. Κύνθιον ὄχθον to the mountain and specially to, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (sometimes in reverse order, πρὸς δῶμα Διὸς κ. μακρὸν Ὄλυμπον [Refs 8th c.BC+]; to add by way of climax, θεῶν. κ. Ποσειδῶνος all the gods, and above all. , [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently ἄλλοι τε καί, ἄλλως τε καί, see at {ἄλλος} [Refs]; ὀλίγου τινὸς ἄξια κ. οὐδενός little or nothing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. ταῦτα and this too. , γελᾶν ἀναπείθειν, κ. ταῦθ᾽ οὕτω πολέμιον ὄντα τῷ γέλωτι [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II) at the beginning of a sentence, A.II.1) in appeals or requests, καί μοι δὸς τὴν Χεῖρα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; καί μοι λέγε, καί μοι ἀπόκριναι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently in Oratt, καί μοι λέγε. τὸ ψήφισμα, καί μοι ἀνάγνωθι, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.2) in questions, to introduce an objection or express surprise, κ. τίς τόδ᾽ ἐξίκοιτ᾽ ἂν ἀγγέλων τάχο; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; κ. πῶς; pray how? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. δὴ τί; but then what? [Refs]; κ. ποῖον; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. τίς εἶδε πώποτε βοῦς κριβανίτα; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κἄπειτ᾽ ἔκανε; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. τίς πώποτε Χαριζόμενος ἑτέρῳ τοῦτο εἰργάσατ; [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.3) ={καίτοι}, and yet, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.4) at the beginning of a speech, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III) after words implying sameness or like ness, as, γνώμῃσι ἐχρέωντο ὁμοίῃσι κ. σύ they had the same opinion as you, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἴσον or ἴσα κ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ἴσῳ (i.e. ἐστὶ) κ. εἰ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.2) after words implying comparison or opposition, αἱ δαπάναι οὐχ ὁμοίως κ. πρίν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.3) to express simultaneity, ἦν ἦμαρ δεύτερον, κἀγὼ κατηγόμην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; παρέρχονταί τε μέσαι νύκτες κ. ψύχεται [τὸ ὕδωρ] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [οἱ Λακεδαιμόνιοι] οὐκ ἔφθασαν τὴν ἀρχὴν κατασχόντες κ. Θηβαίοις εὐθὺς ἐπεβούλευσαν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.IV) joining an affirmative clause with a negative, ἀλλ᾽ ὥς τι δράσων εἷρπε κοὐ θανούμενος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.V) καί, καί. correlative, not only, but also. , κ. ἀεὶ κ. νῦν, κ. τότε κ. νῦν, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) by anacoluthon, ὣς φαμένη κ. κερδοσύνῃ ἡγήσατ᾽ Ἀθήνη, for ὣς ἔφη κ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἔρχεται δὲ αὐτή τε. κ. τὸν υἱὸν ἔχουσα, for κ. ὁ υἱός, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B) even, also, just, B.1) τάχα κεν κ. ἀναίτιον αἰτιόῳτο even the innocent, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; δόμεναι κ. μεῖζον ἄεθλον an even greater prize, [Refs]full five,[Refs 5th c.BC+] two or three, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2) also, κ. ἐγώ I also, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κ. αὐτοί they also, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ἀγίας καὶ Σωκράτης κ. τούτω ἀπεθανέτην likewise died, [Refs]; in adding surnames, etc, Ὦχος ὁ κ. Δαρειαῖος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; nominative ὁ κ. first in [Refs 1st c.BC+], frequently later, [Refs 2nd c.AD+], etc; Ἰούδας ὁ κ. Μακκαβαῖος [NT+8th c.BC+]; εἴπερ τι κ. ἄλλο, ὥς τις κ. ἄλλος, [Refs 5th c.BC+], not only, but also. , see at {μόνος}; οὐδὲν μᾶλλον. ἢ οὐ καὶ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2.b) frequently used both in the antecedent and relative clause, where we put also in the antecedent only, εἰ μὲν κ. σὺ εἶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὧνπερ κ. ἐγώ [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.3) frequently in apodosi, after temporal Conjs, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δή ῥα, κ. τότε δή. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also after εἰ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: as a Hebraism, κ. ἐγένετο. κ. [LXX+NT] B.4) with Advs, to give emphasis, κ. κάρτα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. λίην full surely, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κ. πάλαι, κ. πάνυ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. μάλα, κ. σφόδρα, in answers, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.5) with words expressing a minimum, even so much as, were it but, just, ἱέμενος κ. καπνὸν ἀποθρῴσκοντα νοῆσαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἷς ἡδὺ κ. λέγειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τίς δὲ κ. προσβλέψετα; who will so much as look at you? [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.6) just, τοῦτ᾽ αὐτὸ κ. νοσοῦμεν 'tis just that that ails me, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: frequently with a relative, τὸ κ. κλαίουσα τέτηκα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; and how long ago was the city sacked? [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ποῦ καί σφε θάπτε; where is he burying her? [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.7) even, just, implying assent, ἔπειτά με κ. λίποι αἰών thereafter let life e'en leave me, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.8) κ. εἰ even if, of a whole condition represented as an extreme case, opposed to εἰ κ. although, notwithstanding that, of a condition represented as immaterial even if fulfilled,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἰ κ. ἠπιστάμην if I had been able, [Refs 5th c.BC+] each exert their force separtely, as εἴ περ ἀδειής τ᾽ ἐστί, καὶ εἰ. and if. [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.9) before a Participle, to represent either καὶ εἰ, or εἰ καί, although, albeit, Ἕκτορα κ. μεμαῶτα μάχης σχήσεσθαι ὀΐω, for ἢν κ. μεμάῃ, how much soever he rage, although he rage, [Refs 8th c.BC+] C) Position: καί and, is by Poets sometimes put after another word, ἔγνωκα, τοῖσδε κοὐδὲν ἀντειπεῖν ἔχω, for καὶ τοῖσδε οὐδέν [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.2) καί also, sometimes goes between a preposition and its case, ἐν κ. θαλάσσᾳ [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.3) very seldom at the end of a verse, [Refs 5th c.BC+] D) crasis: with ᾰ, as κἄν, κἀγαθοί, etc; with ε, as κἀγώ, κἄπειτα, etc, Doric dialect κἠγώ, κἤπειτα, etc; with η, as Χἠ, Χἠμέρη, Χἠμεῖς, etc; with ῐ in Χἰκετεύετε, Χἰλαρ; with ο, as Χὠ, Χὤστις, etc; with υ in Χὐμεῖς, Χὐποχείριον, etc; with ω in the pronoun ᾧ, Χ; with αι, as κᾀσχρῶ; with αυ, as καὐτό; with ει, as κεἰ, κεἰς (but also κἀς), κᾆτ; with εὐ, as κεὐγένεια, κεὐσταλή; with οι in Χοἰ (Χᾠ [Refs]; with ου in Χοὖτος, κοὐ, κοὐδέ, and the like.
Strongs
Word:
καί
Transliteration:
kaí
Pronounciation:
kahee
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Definition:
and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words; and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet; apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force
not
Strongs:
Lexicon:
οὐ
Greek:
οὐκ
Transliteration:
ouk
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
no
Morphhology:
Negative Particle Negative Negative
Grammar:
introducing a negative
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
οὐ
Transliteration:
ou
Gloss:
no
Morphhology:
Greek Particle Neuter
Definition:
οὐ, before a vowel with smooth breathing οὐκ, before one with rough breathing οὐχ (but improperly οὐχ ἰδού, Act.2:7, WH, mg; cf. WH, Intr., §409; M, Pr., 44, 244), [in LXX for אֵין,אַיִן,לֹא;] neg. particle, not, no, used generally with indic, and for a denial of fact (cf. μή); 1) absol. (accented), οὔ, no: Mat.13:29 Jhn.1:21 21:5; οὒ οὕ, Mat.5:37 Jas.5:12. 2) Most frequently negativing a verb or other word, Mat.1:25 10:26, 38, Mrk.3:25 9:37, Jhn.8:29, Act.7:5, Rom.1:16, Php.3:3, al; in litotes, οὐκ ὀλίγοι (i.e. very many), Act.17:4, al; οὐκ ἄσημος, Act.21:39; πᾶς. οὐ, with verb, (like Heb. כֹּל. לֹא), no, none, Mat.24:22, Mrk.13:20, Luk.1:37, Eph.5:5, al; in disjunctive statements, οὐκ. ἀλλά, Luk.8:52 Jhn.1:33 Rom.8:2 o, al; with 2 of person(s) fut. (like Heb. לֹא, with impf.), as emphatic prohibition, Mat.4:7, Luk.4:12, Rom.7:7, al. 3) With another negative, (a) strengthening the negation: Mrk.5:37, Jhn.8:15 12:19, Act.8:39, al; (b) making an affirmative: Act.4:20, 1Co.12:15. 4) With other particles: οὐ μή (see: μή); οὐ μηκέτι, Mat.21:19; with μή interrog, Rom.10:18, 1Co.9:4, 5 11:22. 5) Interrogative, expecting an affirmative answer (Lat. nonne): Mat.6:26, Mrk.4:21, Luk.11:40, Jhn.4:35, Rom.9:21, al. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
οὐ
Transliteration:
ou
Gloss:
no
Morphhology:
Greek Particle Neuter
Definition:
οὐ, the negative of fact and statement, as μή of will and thought; οὐ denies, μή rejects; οὐ is absolute, μή relative; οὐ objective, μή subjective. —The same differences hold for all compounds of οὐ and μή, and some examples of οὐδέ and οὐδείς are included below.—As to the Form, see infr. G. USAG[Refs 5th c.BC+] I) as the negative of single words, II) as the negative of the sentence. I) οὐ adhering to single words so as to form a quasi-compound with them:—with Verbs: οὐ δίδωμι withhold, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὐκ εἰῶ prevent, [Refs]; οὐκ ἐθέλω refuse, [Refs]; οὔ φημι deny, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but sometimes οὐ is retained, εἰ δ᾽ ἂν. οὐκ ἐθέλωσιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐάντε. οὐ (variant{μή}) φῆτε ἐάντε φῆτε [Refs 8th c.BC+] —On the use of οὐ in contrasts, see below [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) as negativing the whole sentence, II.1) οὐ is frequently used alone, sometimes with the ellipsis of a definite Verb, οὔκ (i.e. ἀποκερῇ), ἄν γε ἐμοὶ πείθῃ [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes as negativing the preceding sentence, [Refs 5th c.BC+] and the accusative; sometimes without μά, οὐ τὸν πάντων θεῶν θεὸν πρόμον Ἅλιον [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.2) with indicative of statement, τὴν δ᾽ ἐγὼ οὐ λύσω [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὐ φθίνει Κροίσου φιλόφρων ἀρετά [Refs 8th c.BC+] II.3) with subjunctive in future sense, only in Epic dialect, οὐ γάρ τίς με βίῃ γε ἑκὼν ἀέκοντα δίηται [Refs] II.4) with optative in potential sense (without ἄν or κεν), also Epic dialect, ὃ οὐ δύο γ᾽ ἄνδρε φέροιεν [Refs] II.5) with optative and ἄν, κείνοισι δ᾽ ἂν οὔ τις. μαχέοιτο [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.6) in dependent clauses οὐ is used, II.6.a) with ὅτι or ὡς, after Verbs of saying, knowing, and showing, ἐκ μέν τοι ἐρέω. ὡς ἐγὼ οὔ τι ἑκὼν κατερύκομαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]: so with indicative or optative and ἄν, ἀπελογοῦντο ὡς οὐκ ἄν ποτε οὕτω μωροὶ ἦσαν [Refs 5th c.BC+] in such sentences, see at {μή} [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.6.b) in all causal sentences, and in temporal and Relat. sentences unless there is conditional or final meaning, χωσαμένη, ὅ οἱ οὔ τι θαλύσια. ῥέξε [Refs 8th c.BC+]: in causal relative sentences, οἵτινές σε οὐχὶ ἐσώσαμεν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; especially in the combinations, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅστις οὐ, as οὐκ ἔστ᾽ ἐραστὴς ὅστις οὐκ ἀεὶ φιλεῖ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὐδείς ἐστιν ὅστις οὐ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.6.c) after ὥστε with indicative or optative with ἄν, ὥστ᾽ οὐ δυνατόν σ᾽ εἵργειν ἔσται [Refs 5th c.BC+]infinitive is almost invariably due to indirect speech, ὥστ᾽ οὐκ αἰσχύνεσθαι (for οὐκ αἰσχύνονται) [Refs 5th c.BC+]—Rarely not in indirect speech, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.7) in a conditional clause μή is necessary, except, II.7.a) in [Refs 8th c.BC+] clause precedes the apodosis and the verb is indicative, εἰ δέ μοι οὐκ ἐπέεσσ᾽ ἐπιπείσεται [Refs 8th c.BC+] II.7.b) when the εἰ clause is really causal, as after Verbs expressing surprise or emotion, μὴ θαυμάσῃς, εἰ πολλὰ τῶν εἰρημένων οὐ πρέπει σοι [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.7.c) when οὐ belongs closely to the next word (see. [Refs 4th c.BC+], or is quoted unchanged, εἰ, ὡς νῦν φήσει, οὐ παρεσκευάσατο [Refs 4th c.BC+]; εἰ δ᾽ οὐκέτ᾽ ἐστί (i.e. ὥσπερ λέγεις), τίνι τρόπῳ διεφθάρη ; [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.8) οὐ is used with infinitive in indirect speech, when it represents the indicative of orat. recta, φαμὲν δέ οἱ οὐ τελέεσθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; sometimes we have οὐ and μή in consecutive clauses, οἶμαι σοῦ κάκιον οὐδὲν ἂν τούτων κρατύνειν μηδ᾽ ἐπιθύνειν χερί [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.9) οὐ is used with the participle, when it can be resolved into a finite sentence with οὐ, as after Verbs of knowing and showing, τὸν κατθανόνθ᾽ ὁρῶντες οὐ τιμώμενον [Refs 5th c.BC+]; or into a causal sentence, τῶν βαρβάρων οἱ πολλοὶ ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ διεφθάρησαν νέειν οὐκ ἐπιστάμενοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; or into a concessive sentence, δόξω γυναῖκα καίπερ οὐκ ἔχων ἔχειν [Refs 5th c.BC+] and participle, ὡς οὐχὶ συνδράσουσα νουθετεῖς τάδε [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—for exceptions, see at {μή} [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.9.b) when the participle is used with the Article, μή is generally used, unless there is a distinct reference to a fact, when οὐ is occasionally found, ἡμεῖς δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς οὐκ οὔσης ἔτι [πόλεως] ὁρμώμενοι [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.10) Adjectives and abstract Substantives with the article commonly take μή (see. μή [Refs 5th c.BC+] is occasionally used, τὰς οὐκ ἀναγκαίας πόσεις [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὴν τῶν γεφυρῶν οὐ διάλυσιν the non- dissolution of the bridges, the fact of their notbeing broken up, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so without the article, ἐν οὐ καιπῷ [Refs] II.11) for οὐ μή, see entry II.12) in questions οὐ ordinarily expects a positive answer, οὔ νυ καὶ ἄλλοι ἔασι.; [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὐχ ὁράᾳς.; dost thou not see? [NT+8th c.BC+]: the diphthong is genuine and always written ου (ουκ, ουδε, etc.) in early Inscrr, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; οὐ abbreviated ο, Suid. see at {Φιλοξένου γραμμάτιον}. H) ACCENTUATION. οὐ is oxytone accusative to Hdn.Gr.1.494 (text doubtfulin 504): [Refs 8th c.BC+] H.I) οὐ in connexion with other Particles will be found in alphabetical order, οὐ γάρ, οὐ μή, etc.—The corresponding forms of μή should be compared.
Strongs
Word:
οὐ
Transliteration:
ou
Pronounciation:
ookh
Language:
Greek
Definition:
the absolute negative (compare g3361 (μή)) adverb; no or not; + long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but; a primary word
they knew
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ἐπιγινώσκω
Greek:
ἐπέγνωσαν
Transliteration:
epegnōsan
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
to come to know
Morphhology:
Verb 2nd Aorist Active Indicative 3rd Plural
Grammar:
an ACTION that happened - by people or things being discussed
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
ἐπιγινώσκω
Transliteration:
epiginōskō
Gloss:
to come to know
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
ἐπι-γινώσκω [in LXX chiefly for נָכַר: hi, also for יָדַע, etc;] "directive" of γινώσκω (AR, Eph., 249), as in cl; 1) to observe, perceive, discern, recognize; (a) absol: Act.25:10, 1Co.13:12; before ὅτι, Luk.1:22; τ. πνεύματι, before ὅτι, Mrk.2:8; (b) with accusative of thing(s): Luk.1:4 5:22, Act.12:14 27:39, Rom.1:32, 2Co.1:13, Col.1:6, 1Ti.4:3; ἐν ἐαυτῷ, Mrk.5:30; before ὅτι, 1Co.14:37; (with) with accusative of person(s): Mat.11:27 14:36 17:12, Mrk.6:33 (T, αὐτούς, but LTr, WH, R, omit the prop, and LTr, WH, txt, read ἔγνωσαν), Mrk.6:54 Luk.24:16, 31, 1Co.16:18, 2Co.1:14; before ἀπό, with genitive of thing(s), Mat.7:16, 20; before ὅτι, Act.3:10 4:13, 2Co.13:5; pass, 1Co.13:12; opposite to ἀγνοούμενοι, 2Co.6:9. 2) to discover, ascertain, determine: Act.9:30; before ὅτι, Luk.7:37 23:7, Act.19:34 22:29 24:11 28:1; with accusative of thing(s), before quæst, Act.23:28; δι᾽ ἣν αἰτίαν, Act.22:24; παρά, with genitive of person(s), before περ, with genitive of thing(s), Act.24:8; τ. ὁδὸν τῆς δικαιοσύνης, 2Pe.2:21 (cf. Lft, Col, 136; Cremer, 159; M, Pr., 113; AR, Eph., 248 ff.). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ἐπιγινώσκω
Transliteration:
epiginōskō
Gloss:
to come to know
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
ἐπιγιγνώσκω, Ionic dialect and laterἐπιγενν-γῑνώσκω, look upon, witness, observe, [Refs 8th c.BC+] II). recognize, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὅπως μήτηρ σε μὴ 'πιγνώσεται φαιδρῷ προσώπῳ by thy glad face, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.2). of things, find out, discover, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐπιγνοίης ἂν αὐτὴν [τὴν σοφίαν]. οἰκείαν γενομένη; would you recognize when it became your own, [LXX+5th c.BC+]passive, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] II.2.b). find out too late, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] II.3). learn to know, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (Lyric poetry). II.4). take notice of, [LXX] II.4.b). show favour to, πρόσωπον [LXX] III). come to a judgement, decide, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ πρόσφορα τοῖς [Refs]; ἐπιγνῶναι μηδέν come to no new resolve, [Refs] adjudicate it as his property, [Refs 1st c.BC+] IV). recongnize, acknowledge, approve, [NT+4th c.BC+]. IV.2). recognize an obligation, undertake to discharge or deliver, [Refs 4th c.AD+]
Strongs
Word:
ἐπιγινώσκω
Transliteration:
epiginṓskō
Pronounciation:
ep-ig-in-oce'-ko
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Verb
him
Strongs:
Lexicon:
αὐτός
Greek:
αὐτὸν
Transliteration:
auton
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
he/she/it/self
Morphhology:
Personal pronoun Accusative Singular Masculine
Grammar:
a reference to a recently mentioned male person or thing that is having something done to them
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Additional:
him
Alternates:
Tyndale
Word:
αὐτός
Transliteration:
autos
Gloss:
it/s/he
Morphhology:
Greek Personal Pronoun (3rd person)
Definition:
αὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more frequently than in cl. (WM, 178f; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). 1) Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art, see infr, iii); (1) self (ipse), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc, αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Luk.5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jhn.2:25; αὐ.ὑμεῖς, Jhn.3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Rom.15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jhn.2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ, Mrk.2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ, Mrk.6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mat.3:4, Mrk.6:17, Jhn.16:27, 1Th.3:11, al; in late Gk, sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Luk.10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, see word); (2) emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl, §48, 1, 2, 7), Mat.1:21, 12:50, Luk.6:35, al; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mat.8:24, Mrk.4:38, al; αὐ, καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (BL, §48, 1), Mat.14:2, Mrk.14:15, 44, Luk.1:22, 2:28, al. 2) In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd of person(s), he, she, it, Mat.7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al; with ptcp. in genitive absol, Mat.9:18, Mrk.13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl, §74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לוֹ; WM, 184ff; Bl, §50, 4; MM, see word), Mrk.7:25, Rev.3:8, 7:2, al; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mat.4:23, Act.8:5, 2Co.2:13, al; genitive αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Rom.11:11, 1Th.2:19, Tit.3:5, Heb.2:4. 3) ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ, the same: Heb.1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ, ποιεῖν, Mat.5:46, 47, al; φρονεῖν, Rom.12:16, 15:5, Php.2:2, al; τὰ αὐ, Act.15:27, Rom.2:1, al; κατὰ τὸ (τὰ) αὐ. (MM, see word), Act.14:1, Luk.6:23, al; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ, together (MM, see word), Mat.22:34, Act.1:15, al; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ, 1Co.11:5, 12:11; with dative (cl.), 1Co.11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mrk.14:39; μέτρος, Php.1:30; πνεῦμα, 1Co.12:4. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
αὐτός
Transliteration:
autos
Gloss:
it/s/he
Morphhology:
Greek Personal Pronoun (3rd person)
Definition:
αὐτός (Cretan dialect ἀϝτός [Refs] (also αὐτόν[Refs], reflexive pronoun, self:—in oblique cases used for the personal pronoun, him, her, it:—with Article, ὁ αὐτός, ἡ αὐτή, τὸ αὐτό (also ταὐτόν), etc, the very one, the same. I) self, myself, thyself, etc, accusative to the person of the Verb: frequently joined with ἐγώ, σύ, etc. (see. below 10), I.1) one's true self, the soul, not the body, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; reversely, body, not soul, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; oneself, as opposed to others who are less prominent, as king to subject, [Refs]; man to wife and children, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; warrior to horses, [Refs 8th c.BC+], or to weapons, [Refs]; shepherd to herd, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; seamen to ships, [Refs]: generally, whole to parts,[Refs 5th c.BC+]: absolutely, the Master, as in the [Refs 4th c.BC+] Latin Ipse dixit; so τίς οὗτος;— Αὐτός, i.e. Socrates, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀναβόησον Αὐτόν[Refs]the Master, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the result will show, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; especially αὐτὸ δείξει[Refs 5th c.BC+]; of things, the very, ὑπὸ λόφον αὐτόν, i.e. just, exactly under, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πρὸς αὐταῖς ταῖς θύραις close by the door, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὸ τὸ δέον the very thing needed, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὸ τὸ περίορθρον the point of dawn, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὰ τὰ ἐναντία the very opposite, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; even, οὔ μοι μέλει ἄλγος οὔτ᾽ αὐτῆς Ἑκάβης[Refs 8th c.BC+] —In these senses αὐτός in Prose either precedes both the _Article_ and substantive, or follows both, e.g. αὐτὸς ὁ υἱός or ὁ υἱὸς αὐτός. The Article is sometimes omitted with proper names, or Nouns denoting individuals, αὐτὸς Μένων[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.2) of oneself, of one's own accord, ἀλλά τις αὐ. ἴτω[Refs 8th c.BC+]; also, in person, τῶν πραγμάτων ὑμῖν. αὐτοῖς ἀντιληπτέον[Refs 4th c.BC+] I.3) by oneself or itself, alone, αὐτός περ ἐών although alone, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αὐτὸς ἐγείναο παῖδ᾽, i.e. without a mother,[Refs 8th c.BC+]by himself, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτοὶ γάρ ἐσμεν we are by ourselves, i.e. among friends, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὰ γὰρ ἔστιν ταῦτα these and no others, [Refs 5th c.BC+] himself alone, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αὐτὸς μόνος, see at {μόνος} II; αὐτὸς καθ᾽ αὑτόν, see at {ἑαυτοῦ}. I.4) in Philosophy, by or in itself, of an abstract concept or idea, δίκαιον αὐτό[Refs 5th c.BC+] is frequently in this sense, attached to Nouns of all genders, οὐκ αὐτὸ δικαιοσύνην ἐπαινοῦντες ἀλλὰ τὰς ἀπ᾽ αὐτῆς εὐδοκιμήσεις[Refs 5th c.BC+]; more fully, εἰ αὐτὸ τοῦτο πατέρα ἠρώτων, ἆρα ὁ πατήρ ἐστι πατήρ τινος, ἢ ο; [Refs]; ἀδελφός, αὐτὸ τοῦτο ὅπερ ἔστιν the ideal, abstract brother, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; less frequently agreeing with the substantive, ἵνα αὐτὴ δικαιοσύνη πρὸς ἀδικίαν αὐτὴν κριθείη[Refs 5th c.BC+]its very self, [Refs] I.5) in dative with substantive, in one, together, ἀνόρουσεν αὐτῇ σὺν φόρμιγγι he sprang up lyre in hand, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αὐτῇ σὺν πήληκι κάρη helmet and all,[Refs 8th c.BC+] men and all, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτοῖσι συμμάχοισι allies and all, [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.6) added to ordinal Numbers, e.g. πέμπτος αὐτός himself the fifth, i. e. himself with four others, [NT+5th c.BC+] I.7) frequently coupled with οὗτος, τοῦτ᾽ αὐτό ἐστι τὸ ζητηθέν[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ταῦτα ἥκω αὐτὰ ἵνα. [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.8) καὶ αὐτός himself too, [Refs 8th c.BC+] I.9) repeated in apodosi for emphasis, αὐτὸς ἐπαγγειλάμενος σώσειν. αὐτὸς ἀπώλεσεν[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.10) in connexion with the person. pronoun, ἐγὼν αὐτός[Refs 8th c.BC+]; followed by an enclitic pronoun, αὐτόν μιν[Refs 8th c.BC+] I.10.b) with person. pronoun omitted, αὐτός. ἧσθαι λιλαίομαι, for ἐγὼ αὐτός, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αὐτὸν ἐλέησον, for ἐμὲ αὐτόν,[Refs 8th c.BC+] is simply a strengthened form of ο; and so in Attic dialect, when σὲ αὐτόν, ἐμοὶ αὐτῷ, etc, are read divisim, they are emphatic, not reflexive; in this case αὐτός generally precedes the person. pronoun,[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.10.c) with the reflexive ἑαυτοῦ, αὑτοῦ, etc, to add force and definiteness, αὐτὸς καθ᾽ αὑτοῦ[Refs 4th c.BC+]; αὐτοὶ ὑφ᾽ αὑτῶν[Refs 5th c.BC+]; sometimes between the Article and reflexive pronoun, τοῖς αὐτὸς αὑτοῦ πήμασιν βαρύνεται[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.10.d) αὐτοῦ, αὐτῶν with possessive pronoun, πατρὸς κλέος ἠδ᾽ ἐμὸν αὐτοῦ[Refs 8th c.BC+]; τοῖς οἷσιν αὐτοῦ[Refs 8th c.BC+] I.10.e) αὐτὸς ἑαυτοῦ with comparative and superlative adjective, αὐτὸς ἑωυτοῦ ῥέει πολλῷ ὑποδεέστερος[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.11) αὐτός for ὁ αὐτός, the same, [Refs 8th c.BC+], and in later Prose, αὐταῖς ταῖς ἡμέραις[NT+2nd c.AD+] I.12) comparative αὐτότερος[Refs 5th c.BC+]: superlative αὐτότατος his very self, [Refs 5th c.BC+]. adverb, comparative αὐτοτέρως[Refs 2nd c.AD+] II) he, she, it, for the simple pronoun of 3 person, only in oblique cases (except in later Gk, [NT], and rarely first in a sentence, [NT+5th c.BC+]: rare in Epic dialect, [Refs 8th c.BC+], and mostly emphatic,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; so in Trag, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in Prose, to recall a Noun used earlier in the sentence, ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν βασιλέα. οὐκ οἶδα ὅ τι δεῖ αὐτὸν ὀμόσαι[Refs 5th c.BC+]; after a Relative, ὅς κε θεοῖς ἐπιπείθηται. ἔκλυον αὐτοῦ[Refs 8th c.BC+]; especially where a second Verb requires a change of case in the pronoun, οἳ ἂν ἐξελεγχθῶσι. ὡς προδότας αὐτοὺς ὄντας τιμωρηθῆναι[Refs 5th c.BC+]; later, pleonastically after a Relative, ὧν ὁ μὲν αὐτῶν[NT+5th c.BC+] III) with Article ὁ αὐτός, ἡ αὐτή, τὸ αὐτό, and Attic dialect contraction αὑτός, αὑτή, ταὐτό and ταὐτόν (as required by the metre,[Refs 5th c.BC+] plural neuter ταὐτ; Ionic dialect ὡυτός, τὠυτό:—the very one, the same, rare in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: with dative, to denote sameness or agreement, especially in Prose, τὠυτὸ ἂν ὑμῖν ἐπρήσσομεν[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ αὐτὸς τῷ λίθῳ the same as the stone, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ταὐτῷ εἶναί τινι to be in the place with, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; προσίεσθαί τινα ἐς ταὐτὸ ἑαυτῷ to have a person meet one,[Refs 5th c.BC+]face to face, [Refs 4th c.AD+] III.2) in later Greek, the said, the above-named, Ἡρώδης ὁ αὐ.[Refs 3rd c.BC+] IV) Adverbial phrases: IV.1) αὐτὸ μόνον simply, merely, [Refs 1st c.AD+] IV.2) αὐτό as adverb, ={ἄρτι}, [Refs] IV.3) αὐτὸ τοῦτο as adverb, [NT+2nd c.BC+] IV.4) with Preps, ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό added together, making a total, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; κατὰ τὸ αὐτό together, at the same time,[NT], etc; but κατ᾽ αὐτό just then, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] V) In Compos: V.1) of or by oneself, self-, as in αὐτοδίδακτος, αὐτογνώμων, αὐτόματος: and so, independently, as in αὐτοκράτωρ, αὐτόνομος. V.2) hence, as a second self, very, bodily, as with proper names, Αὐτοθαΐς. V.3) in the abstract, the ideal, see above[Refs] V.4) precisely, as in αὐτόδεκα. V.5) rarely with reflexive sense of ἀλλήλων, as in αὐτοκτονέω. V.6) in one piece with, together with, as in αὐτόκωπος, αὐτοχείλης, αὐτόπρεμνος, αὐτόρριζος. V.7) by itself: hence, only, as in αὐτόξυλος, αὐτόποκος.—For αὐτοῦ, αὐτῶς, etc, see the respective Arts.
Strongs
Word:
αὐτός
Transliteration:
autós
Pronounciation:
ow-tos'
Language:
Greek
Definition:
the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative g1438 (ἑαυτοῦ)) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons; her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which; from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of g109 (ἀήρ) through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward)
but
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ἀλλά
Greek:
ἀλλ᾽
Transliteration:
all᾽
Context:
Next word
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
ἀλλά
Transliteration:
alla
Gloss:
but
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
ἀλλά (ἀλλ᾽ usually bef. α and υ, often bef. ε and η, rarely bef. ο and ω, never bef. ι; Tdf, Pr., 93 f; WH, App., 146), adversative particle, stronger than δέ; prop. neuter pl. of ἄλλος, used adverbially, with changed accent; hence prop. otherwise, on the other hand (cf. Rom.3:31); 1) opposing a previous negation, but: οὐ (μὴ). ἀ, Mat.5:15, 17 Mrk.5:39, Jhn.7:16, al; rhetorically subordinating but not entirely negativing what precedes, οὐ. ἀ, not so much. as, Mrk.9:37, Mat.10:20, Jhn.12:44, al; with ellipse of the negation, Mat.11:7-9, Act.19:2, 1Co.3:6 6:11 7:7, 2Co.7:1, Gal.2:3, al; in opposition to a foregoing pos. sentence, ἀ. οὐ, Mat.24:6, 1Co.10:23; οὐ μόνον. ἀ. καί, Jhn.5:18, Rom.1:32, al; elliptically, after a negation, ἀ. ἵνα, Mrk.14:49, Jhn.1:8 9:3, al; = εἰ μή (Bl, §77, 13; M, Pr., 241; but cf. WM, §iii, 10), Mat.20:23, Mrk.4:22. 2) Without previous negation, to express opposition, interruption, transition, etc, but: Jhn.16:20 12:27, Gal.2:14; before commands or requests, Act.10:20 26:16, Mat.9:18, Mrk.9:22, al; to introduce an accessory idea, 2Co.7:11; in the apodosis after a condition or concession with εἰ, ἐάν, εἴπερ, yet, still, at least, Mrk.14:29, 1Co.9:2, 2Co.4:16, Col.2:5, al; after μέν, Act.4:17, Rom.14:20, 1Co.14:17; giving emphasis to the following clause, ἀλλ᾽ ἔρχεται ὥρα, yea, etc, Jhn.16:2; so with neg, ἀλλ᾽ οὐδέ, nay, nor yet, Luk.23:15. 3) Joined with other particles (a practice which increases in late writers; Simcox, LNT, 166), ἀ. γε, yet at least, Luk.24:21, 1Co.9:2; ἄ ἤ, save only, except, Luk.12:51, 2Co.1:13; ἀ. μὲν οὖν, Php.3:8 (on this usage, see MM, VGT, see word). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ἀλλά
Transliteration:
alla
Gloss:
but
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
ἀλλά, conjunction, originally neuter plural of ἄλλος, otheruise: used adversatively to limit or oppose words, sentences, or clauses, stronger than δέ: I) in simple oppositions, but, I.1) after negative clauses, οὐ κακός, ἀλλ᾽ ἀγαθός[Refs 8th c.BC+] I.1.b) after a simple negative, ἦ παραφρονεῖ; οὔκ, ἀλλ᾽ ὕπνος μ᾽ ἔχει[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.1.c) frequently after οὐ μόνον, μὴ μόνον, with or without καί, οὐ μόνον ἅπαξ, ἀ. πολλάκις[Refs 5th c.BC+], either, not only. but, μὴ ὅτι ἰδιώτην τινά, ἀλλὰ τὸν μέγαν βασιλέα[Refs 5th c.BC+]; or, not only not. but, οὐχ ὅπως κωλυταὶ. γενήσεσθε, ἀλλὰ καὶ. περιόψεσθε[Refs 5th c.BC+]; the negative form is ἀλλ᾽ οὐδέ, μὴ ὅτι ὑπὲρ ἄλλου, ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ ὑπὲρ ἐμαυτοῦ δίκην εἴρηκα[Refs 4th c.BC+] I.2) in the apodosis of hypothetical sentences, still, at least, εἴπερ γάρ τε. ἀλλά τε[Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἰ μή (i.e. ὁρῶ), ἀλλ᾽ ἀκούω γε, [Refs 5th c.BC+] may be in juxtaposition, εἰ ἄλλοις οὐκ εἰμὶ ἀπόστολος, ἀλλά γε ὑμῖν εἰμί[NT+8th c.BC+]; εἰ καὶ μετέχουσι. ἀλλ᾽ οὐ. [Refs 8th c.BC+] I.2.b) after [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐὰν οὖν ἀ. νῦν γ᾽ ἔτι, i.e.ἐὰν οὖν [μὴἄλλοτε], ἀ. νῦν γε. if then now at least ye still, [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—without an adverb of Time, at least, ἡ δ᾽ ἀ. πρός σε μικρὸν εἰπάτω μόνον[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.3) sometimes = ἀλλ᾽ ἤ (which see), except, but, οὔτι μοι αἴτιος ἄλλος, ἀ. τοκῆε no one else, but, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: compare reverse process in our word but=be out, except:—sometimes with force of ἤ after comparatives, τάφον, οὐκ ἐν ᾧ κεῖνται μᾶλλον, ἀ.ἐν ᾧ ἡ δόξα κτλ. not that in which they are lying, but far more, [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.4) with negative after an affirmative word or clause, to be rendered simply by not, ἀγαθῶν, ἀ. οὐχὶ κακῶν αἴτιον[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.4.b) without negative, μικρὸς μὲν ἔην δέμας, ἀ. μαχητής[Refs 8th c.BC+] II) to oppose whole sentences,but, yet: II.1) frequently in transitions, as [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀ. οὐδ᾽ ὥς. [Refs 8th c.BC+] in answers and objections, nay but, well but, frequently with negatives, especially in making and answering objections, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also in affirmative answers, [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—repeated in a succession of questions or objections, πότερον ᾔτουν σέ τι; ἀ. ἀπῄτου; ἀ. περὶ παιδικῶν μαχόμενο; ἀ. μεθύων ἐπαρῴνησ; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀ. μήν, answered by ἀ, [Refs 8th c.BC+] II.2) with imperative or subjunctive, to remonstrate, encourage, persuade, etc, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; answered by a second ἀ, ἀ. περιμένετε. ἀ. περιμενοῦμεν[Refs 5th c.BC+] II.3) to break off a subject abruptly, ἀ. τά γε Ζεὺς οἶδεν[Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀ. ταῦτα μὲν τί δεῖλέγει; [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.4) in resuming an address after parenthesis, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.5) in elliptical phrases, οὐ μὴν ἀ, οὐ μέντοι ἀ. it is not [so], but, ὁ ἵππος πίπτει καὶ μικροῦ αὐτὸν ἐξετραχήλισεν· οὐ μὴν [ἐξετραχήλισεν] ἀ. ἐπέμεινεν ὁ Κῦρος it did not however [throw him], but, [Refs 5th c.BC+] III) when joined with other Particles, each retains proper force, as, III.1) ἀλλ᾽ ἄρα, used by [Refs 8th c.BC+]; later, to introduce an objection, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in questions,ἀλλ᾽ ἆρα; [Refs] III.2) ἀλλ᾽ οὖν, concessive, at all events, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; well then, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but then, however, with γε following, [Refs 5th c.BC+] III.3) ἀλλὰ γάρ, frequently with words between, but really, certainly, as ἀλλὰ γὰρ Κρέοντα λεύσσω, παύσω γόους, but this is irregular for ἀλλά, Κρέοντα γὰρ λεύσσω, παύσω γόους, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; for the regular order[Refs 8th c.BC+] only with negatives, ἀλλ᾽ οὐ γάρ[Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀ. γὰρ δή, ἀ. γάρ τοι, [Refs 5th c.BC+] III.4) ἀ. εἰ. quid si? [Refs 8th c.BC+] III.5) ἀ. ἦ in questions, chiefly of surprise or remonstrance, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀλλ᾽ ἦ, τὸ λεγόμενον, κατόπιν ἑορτῆς ἥκομε; [Refs 5th c.BC+] III.6) ἀ. followed by strengthening Particle, ἀλλ᾽ ἤτοι μὲν ταῦτα θεῶν ἐν γούνασι κεῖται[Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀλλά τοι[Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀ. μέντοι, with or without γε, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀ. μήν, see at {μή; ἀ. δή}, mostly with words between, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; without intervening words, [Refs 5th c.BC+] IV) = et quidem, [Refs 6th c.AD+]
Strongs
Word:
ἀλλά
Transliteration:
allá
Pronounciation:
al-lah'
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Definition:
properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations); and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet; neuter plural of g243 (ἄλλος)
did
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ποιέω
Greek:
ἐποίησαν
Transliteration:
epoiēsan
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
to do/make
Morphhology:
Verb Aorist Active Indicative 3rd Plural
Grammar:
an ACTION that happened - by people or things being discussed
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Additional:
do, to do/make, do/work
Tyndale
Word:
ποιέω
Transliteration:
poieō
Gloss:
to do/make: do
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
ποιέω, -ῶ, [in LXX for a great variety of words, but chiefly for עשׂה;] 1) to make, produce, create, cause: with accusative of thing(s), Mat.17:4, Mrk.9:5, Jhn.9:11, Act.9:39, Rom.9:20, al; of God as Creator (with accusative of person(s) also), Mat.19:4, Mrk.10:6, Luk.11:40, Act.4:24, Heb.1:2, al; like Heb. עשׂה, absol. = ἐργάζομαι, to work, Mat.20:12 (cf. Rut.2:19; so AV, but see infr.), Rev.13:5, R, mg. (but see infr.); σκάνδαλα, Rom.16:17; εἰρεήνην, Eph.2:15, Jas.3:18; ἐπίστασιν, Act.24:12; συστροφήν, Act.23:12; with accusative of thing(s) and dative of person(s), Luk.1:68, Act.15:3; with nouns expressing action or its accomplishment, forming a periphr. for the cogn. verb: ὁδόν π. (cl. ὁ ποιεῖσθαι), to go on, advance, Mrk.2:23; πόλεμον, Rev.11:7, al; ἐκδίκησιν, Luk.18:7, 8; ἐνέδραν, Act.25:3; κρίσιν, Jhn.5:27, Ju 15; ἔργα, Jhn.5:36, al; (σημεῖα), Jhn.2:23 and freq, Act.2:22, al; so also mid. ποιεῖσθαι: μονήν, Jhn.14:23; πορείαν, Luk.13:22; κοινωνίαν, Rom.15:26; of food, to make ready, prepare: δεῖπνον, Mrk.6:21, al; δοχήν, Luk.5:29 14:13; γάμους, Mat.22:2; of time, to spend (cl.): ὥραν, Mat.20:12, RV (but see supr. and cf. McN, in l.); μῆνας, Rev.13:5, R, txt. (cf. Swete, in l; but see supr.); ἐνιαυτόν, Jas.4:13; with accusative before ἐκ, Jhn.2:15, al; with accusative and accusative pred, Mat.3:3 12:16, Mrk.1:3 3:12, Jhn.5:11, al; with adv, καλῶς, Mrk.7:37; ἑορτὴν π. (Dem, Exo.23:16, al.), Act.18:21, Rec; πάσχα, Mat.26:18; to make or offer a sacrifice (Plat, Xen, al; Job.42:8, 3Ki.11:33; so some understand τοῦτο ποιεῖτε, Luk.22:19, but see Abbott, Essays, 110ff.); before ἵνα (WM, 422f; M, Pr., 228), Jhn.11:37, Col.4:16, Rev.3:9. 2) to do, perform, carry out, execute: absol, with adv, καλῶς π, Mat.12:12, 1Co.7:37, 38 Jas.2:19; id. before ptcp. (cl; see M, Pr., 228), Act.10:33, Php.4:14, 2Pe.1:19, 3Jo.6; οὕτως, Mat.24:46, Luk.9:15, al; ὡς (καθώς), Mat.1:24 2:16, al; ὁμοίως, Luk.3:11; ὡσαύτως, Mat.20:5; with ptcp, ἀγνοῶν ἐποίησα, 1Ti.1:13; with accusative of thing(s): τί interrog, Mat.12:3, Mrk.2:25, Luk.6:2, al; τοῦτο, Mat.13:28, Mrk.5:32, Luk.22:19 (WH om; see supr, ref. to Abbott, Essays), Rom.7:20, al; with nouns expressing command or regulation: τ. νόμον (not as in cl, to make a law), Jhn.7:19, Gal.5:3 (cf. in LXX, Jos.22:5, 1Ch.22:12, al.); τ. ἐντολάς, Mat.5:19; similarly with other nouns expressing conduct: τ. δικαιοσύνην, Mat.6:1, al; τ. ἀλήθειαν, Jhn.3:21, al, etc; with dupl. accusative, Mat.27:22, Mrk.15:12; with accusative of thing(s) and dative of person(s) (commod, incomm; rare in cl.), Mat.7:12, Mrk.5:19, 20 Luk.1:49, Jhn.9:26, al. SYN: πράσσω, which see The general distinction between the two words is that between particular action and its habitual performance (cf. Tr, Syn., §xcvi; Westc. on Jhn.3:21; ICC on Rom.1:32). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ποιέω
Transliteration:
poieō
Gloss:
to do/make: do
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
ποιέω, Doric dialect ποιϝέω [Refs], etc: Epic dialect imperfect ποίεον [Refs 8th c.BC+]; contraction ποίει [Refs]; Ionic dialect ποιέεσκον [Refs 5th c.BC+]future ποιήσω: aorist ἐποίησα, Epic dialect ποίησα [Refs 8th c.BC+]perfect πεποίηκα:—middle, Ionic dialect imperfect ποιεέσκετο [Refs 5th c.BC+]: future ποιήσομαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]aorist ἐποιησάμην, Epic dialect ποι- [Refs 8th c.BC+]perfect πεποίημαι in middle sense, [Refs 5th c.BC+] —passive, future ποιηθήσομαι (μετα-) [Refs 4th c.BC+], see above; πεποιήσομαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]: aorist ἐποιήθην [Refs 5th c.BC+]: perfect πεποίημαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]:—Attic dialect ποῶ [Refs], etc, is guaranteed by metre in Trag. and Comedy texts, as ποῶ [Refs 5th c.BC+], and found in codex Laur. of [Refs 5th c.BC+] (ποήσω), 82.9 (ποεῖ), 154.7 (ἐποησάτην), etc; but ποι- is always written before -οι, -ου, -ω in Inscrr: πο- also in Aeolic dialect πόημι πόης πόει [Refs 7th c.BC+]; compare ποιητής. Used in two general senses, make and do. A) make, produce, first of something material, as manufactures, works of art, etc. (opposed to πράττειν, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; π. πύλας ἐν [πύργοις] [Refs 8th c.BC+]; of smith's work, π. σάκος[Refs]h' (= ἐποίησε) Ἀργεῖος [Refs 6th c.BC+]; τίς. τὴν λίθον ταύτην τέκτων ἐποίε; [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; εἵματα ἀπὸ ξύλων πεποιημένα made from trees, i.e. of cotton, [Refs 5th c.BC+]to be made with, [Refs 3rd c.AD+]; also τῶν τὰ κέρεα. οἱ πήχεες ποιεῦνται the horns of which are made into the sides of the lyre, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also δέρμα εἰς περικεφαλαίας πεποίηται [Refs]:—middle, make for oneself, as of bees, οἰκία ποιήσωνται build them houses, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; [ῥεῖθρον] π, of a river, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; also, have a thing made, get it made, ὀβελούς [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν Ἀπόλλω, i.e. a statue of [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.2) create, bring into existence, γένος ἀνθρώπων χρύσεον [Refs 8th c.BC+]the creator, [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—middle, beget, υἱόν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; παῖδας ποιεῖσθαι, ={παιδοποιεῖσθαι}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; conceive, παιδίον π. ἔκ τινος [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—active in this sense only in later Gr, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; of the woman, παιδίον ποιῆσαι [Refs] A.3) generally, produce, ὕδωρ π, of Zeus, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. γάλα, of certain kinds of food, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἄρρεν π, of an egg, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; μέλι ἄριστον π, of Hymettus, [Refs 1st c.BC+]; π. καρπόν, of trees, [NT] (metaphorically in religious sense,[Refs]; of men, κριθὰς π. grow barley, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. πενίαν, πλοῦτον, of the stars, [Refs 3rd c.AD+] A.3.b) in Mathematics texts, make, produce, τομήν, σχῆμα, ὀρθὰς γωνίας, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] —passive, πεποιήσθω ὡς. let it be contrived that, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] A.3.c) postulate, imply, ἡ προσθήκη ἀφαίρεσιν καὶ ἔλλειψιν ποιεῖ [Refs 3rd c.AD+] A.3.d) π. τὸ πρόβλημα effect a solution of the problem, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; π. τὸ ἐπίταγμα fulfil, satisfy the required condition, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] A.4) after [Refs 8th c.BC+], of Poets, compose, write, π. διθύραμβον, ἔπεα, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. Φαίδραν, Σατύρους, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. κωμῳδίαν, τραγῳδίαν, etc, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: absolutely, write poetry, write as a poet, ὀρθῶς π. [Refs 5th c.BC+]: followed by a quotation, ἐπόησάς ποτε. [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.4.b) represent in poetry, Ὅμηρον Ἀχιλλέα πεποιηκέναι ἀμείνω Ὀδυσσέως [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ποιήσας τὸν Ἀχιλλέα λέγοντα having represented Achilles saying, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.4.c) describe in verse, θεὸν ἐν ἔπεσιν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐποίησα μύθους τοὺς Αἰσώπου put them into verse, [Refs 4th c.BC+] A.4.d) invent, καινοὺς θεούς [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὑπὸ ποιητέω τινὸς ποιηθὲν [τοὔνομα] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; opposed to αὐτοφυῆ, κύρια, [Refs 1st c.BC+] A.II) bring about, cause, τελευτήν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also of things, ἄνεμοι αὐτοὶ μὲν οὐχ ὁρῶνται· ἃ δὲ ποιοῦσι φανερά [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.b) with accusative et infinitive, cause or bring about that, σε θεοὶ ποίησαν ἱκέσθαι [ἐς] οἶκον [Refs 8th c.BC+]; π. τινὰ αἰσχύνεσθαι, κλάειν, ἀπορεῖν, etc, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: followed by a relative clause, π. ὅκως ἔσται ἡ Κύπρος ἐλευθέρη [Refs 5th c.BC+] —also middle, ἐποιήσατο ὡς ἐν ἀσφαλεῖ εἶεν[Refs] A.II.2) procure, π. ἄδειάν τε καὶ κάθοδόν τινι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λόγος ἀργύριον τῷ λέγοντι π. gets him money, [Refs 4th c.BC+]:—middle, procure for oneself, gain, κλέος αὐτῇ ποιεῖτ᾽ [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.II.3) of sacrifices, festivals, etc, celebrate, π. ἱρά [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. τὴν θυσίαν τῷ Ποσειδῶνι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. Ἴσθμια[Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. σάββατα observe the Sabbath, [LXX]; π. ταφάς, of a public funeral, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also of political assemblies, π. ἐκκλησίαν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ξύλλογον σφῶν αὐτῶν [Refs]:—middle, ἀγορὴν ποιήσατο [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.II.4) of war and peace, πόλεμον π. cause or give rise to a war, πόλεμον ἡμῖν ἀντ᾽ εἰρήνης πρὸς Αακεδαιμονίους π. [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but π. ποιησόμενοι about to make war (on one's own part), [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἰρήνην π. bring about a peace (for others), [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but εἰρήνην ποιεῖσθαι make peace (for oneself), [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—passive, ἐπεποίητο συμμαχίη [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.5) frequently in middle with Nouns periphrastic for the Verb derived from the Noun, μύθου ποιήσασθαι ἐπισχεσίην submit a plea, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ποιέεσθαι ὁδοιπορίην, for ὁδοιπορέειν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. πλόον, for πλέειν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. κομιδήν, for κομίζεσθαι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; θῶμα π. τὴν ἐργασίην, for θωμάζειν, [Refs]; ὀργὴν π, for ὀργίζεσθαι, [Refs]; λήθην π. τι, for λανθάνεσθαί τινος, [Refs]; βουλὴν π, for βουλεύεσθαι, [Refs]; συμβολὴν π, for συμβάλλεσθαι, [Refs]; τὰς μάχας π, for μάχεσθαι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; καταφυγὴν π, for καταφεύγειν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀγῶνα π, for ἀγωνίζεσθαι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. λόγον [τινός] make account of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but τοὺς λόγους π. hold a conference, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also simply for λέγειν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also π. δι᾽ ἀγγέλου, π. διὰ χρηστηρίων, communicate by a messenger, an oracle, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III) with adjective as predicate, make, render so and so, ποιῆσαί τινα ἄφρονα make one senseless, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; [δῶρα] ὄλβια ποιεῖν make them blest, i.e. prosper them,[Refs 8th c.BC+] substantive, ποιῆσαι ἀθύρματα make into playthings, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: hence, appoint, instal, τὸν Μωϋσῆν καὶ τὸν Ἀαρών [LXX+NT]middle, ποιεῖσθαί τινα ἑταῖρον make him one's friend, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; π. τινὰ ἄλοχον or ἄκοιτιν take her to oneself as wife, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; π. τινὰ παῖδα make him one's son, i.e. adopt him as son, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; θετὸν παῖδα π. adopt a son, [Refs 5th c.BC+] adopt, ἐπειδὴ οὐκ ἦσαν αὐτῷ παῖδες ἄρρενες, π. Λεωκράτη [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὰ ἔπεα ἀπόρρητα π. making them a secret, [Refs]; also ἑωυτοῦ ποιέεται τὸ. ἔργον makes it his own, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.IV) put in a certain place or condition, etc, ἐμοὶ Ζεὺς. ἐνὶ φρεσὶν ὧδε νόημα ποίησ᾽ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; of troops, form them, ὡς ἂν κράτιστα. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in politics, ἐς ὀλίγους τὰς ἀρχὰς π. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; and in war, π. Γετταλίαν ὑπὸ Φιλίππῳ bring it under his power, [Refs 4th c.BC+]:—middle, ποιέεσθαι ὑπ᾽ ἑωυτῷ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. τινὰς ἐς φυλακήν, τὰ τῶν ξυμμάχων ἐς ἀσφάλειαν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ λεπτὰ πλοῖα ἐντὸς π. put the small vessels in the middle, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. τινὰ ἐκποδών (see. ἐκποδών); ὄπισθεν π. τὸν ποταμόν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.IV.2) in Mathematics texts, multiply, π. τὰ ιβ ἐπὶ τὰ έ, τὰ ζ ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτὰ π, [Refs 2nd c.BC+] A.V) middle, deem, consider, reckon a thing as, συμφορὴν ποιέεσθαί τι take it for a misfortune, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δεινὸν π. τι esteem it a grievous thing, take it ill, [Refs] (rarely in active, δεινὰ π. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μέγα π. with infinitive, deem it a great matter that, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἑρμαῖον π. τι count it clear gain, [Refs 5th c.BC+] deem of no account, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ἐλαφρῷ, ἐν ὁμοίῳ π, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν νόμῳ π. consider as lawful, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ἀδείῃ π. consider as safe, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; περὶ πολλοῦ π, Latin magni facere, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; περὶ πλείονος, περὶ πλείστου π, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; περὶ ὀλίγου, περὶ ἐλάττονος, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πρὸ πολλοῦ π. with infinitive, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) put the case, assume that, ποιήσας ἀν᾽ ὀγδώκοντα ἄνδρας ἐνεῖναι [Refs 5th c.BC+]: without infinitive, ἐν ἑκάστῃ ψυχῇ ποιήσωμεν περιστερεῶνά τινα (i.e. εἶναι) [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—passive, πεποιήσθω δή be it assumed then, [Refs]; οἱ φιλοσοφώτατοι ποιούμενοι those who are reputed, [Refs] read τί οἰώμεθα; A.VII) of Time, οὐ π. χρόνον make no long time, i. e. not to delay, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; μακρότερον ποιεῖς you are taking too long, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; μέσας π. νύκτας let midnight come, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἔξω μέσων νυκτῶν π. τὴν ὥραν put off the time of business to past midnight, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τὴν νύκτα ἐφ᾽ ὅπλοις ποιεῖσθαι spend it under arms, [LXX+5th c.BC+]; τὰς ἡμέρας ἐν τοῖς ὕδασι π. [Refs 1st c.BC+]; tarry, stay, μῆνας τρεῖς [NT+1st c.AD+] A.VIII) in later Greek, sacrifice, μοσχάριον [LXX]; καρπώσεις ὑπέρ τινος[LXX] sacrifice to Ashtoreth,[LXX] A.IX) make ready, prepare, as food, μοσχάριον[LXX]; π. τὸν μύστακα trim it,[LXX] A.X) ποιεῖν βασιλέα play the king,[LXX] B) do, much like{πράσσω, οὐδὲν ἂν ὧν νυνὶ πεποίηκεν ἔπραξεν} [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ποιέειν Σπαρτιητικά act like a Spartan, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. τὴν μουσικήν practise it, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πᾶν or πάντα π, see at {πᾶς} [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.2) with double accusative, do something to another, κακά or ἀγαθὰ ποιεῖν τινα, first in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀγαθόν, κακὸν π. τινά, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὴν ἐκείνου (i.e. χώραν) κακῶς π. [LXX+5th c.BC+]; also of things, ἀργύριον τωὐτὸ τοῦτο ἐποίεε he did this same thing with silver, [LXX+5th c.BC+]:—in middle, φίλα ποιέεσθαί τισι [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.3) with an adverb, ὧδε ποίησον do thus, [Refs]; πῶς ποιήσει; how will you act? [Refs 5th c.BC+]: frequently with participle, εὖ ἐποίησας ἀπικόμενος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; καλῶς ποιῶν almost Adverbial, καλῶς γ᾽, ἔφη, ποιῶν σύ [Refs 4th c.BC+]fortunately, [Refs] B.4) in Prose (rarely in Poetry, [Refs 4th c.BC+] I will do this for you, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II) absolutely, to be doing, act, ποιέειν ἢ παθεῖν πρόκειται ἀγών [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ποιεῖν, as a category, opposed to πάσχειν, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.II.b) of medicine, operate, be efficacious, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πρὸς στραγγουρίαν, πρὸς τοὺς δαιμονιζομένους, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; also of charms, [Refs] B.II.2) [Refs 5th c.BC+] good-will made greatly for, on the side of, the L, [Refs]: the former passage is imitated by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] C) middle, ={προσποιέομαι}, pretend, with infinitive, [Refs 1st c.BC+] 'builder', 'maker', cf. Sanskrit cinóti, cáyati 'arrange in order', 'build'.)
Strongs > g4160
Word:
ποιέω
Transliteration:
poiéō
Pronounciation:
poy-eh'-o
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Verb
Definition:
to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct); abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield; apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary
to
Strongs:
Greek:
ἐν
Transliteration:
en
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
in/on/among
Morphhology:
Preposition
Grammar:
relating it to another person or thing
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
ἐν
Transliteration:
en
Gloss:
in/on/among
Morphhology:
Greek Preposition
Definition:
ἐν, prep, (the most frequently of all in NT), with dative (= Heb. בְּ, Lat. in, with abl.). I. Of place, with dative of thing(s), of person(s), in, within, on, at, by, among: ἐν τ. πόλει, Luk.7:37; τ. οφθαλμῷ, Mat.7:3; τ. κοιλίᾳ, Mat.12:40; τ. ὄρει, 2Pe.1:18; τ. θρόνῳ, Rev.3:21; τ. δεξιᾷ τ. θεοῦ, Rom.8:34; ἐν ἡμῖν Abbott-Smith has ὑμῖν, Luk.1:1; of books, ἐν τ. βιβλίῳ, Gal.3:10; τ. νόμῳ, Mat.12:5, al; ἐν τοῖς τ. Πατρός, in my Father's house (RV; cf. M, Pr., 103), Luk.2:49; trop, of the region of thought or feeling, ἐν τ. καρδίᾳ (-αις), Mat.5:28, 2Co.4:6, al; τ. συνειδήσεσιν, 2Co.5:11; after verbs of motion, instead of εἰς (constructio praegnans, a usage extended in late Gk. beyond the limits observed in cl; cf. Bl, §41, 1; M, Th., 12), ἀποστέλλω. ἐν, Mat.10:16. δέδωκεν ἐν τ. χειρί (cf. τιθέναι ἐν χερσί, Hom, Il., i, 441, al.), Jhn.3:35; id. after verbs of coming and going (not in cl.), εἰσῆλθε, Luk.9:46; ἐξῆλθεν, Luk.7:17. II. Of state, condition, form, occupation, etc: ἐν ζωῇ, Rom.5:10; ἐν τ. θανάτῳ, 1Jn.3:14; ἐν πειρασμοῖς, 1Pe.1:6; ἐν εἰρήνῃ, Mrk.5:25; ἐν δόξῃ, Php.4:19; ἐν πραΰτητι, Jas.3:13; ἐν μυστηρίῳ, 1Co.2:7; ἐν τ. διδαχῇ, Mrk.4:2; of a part as contained in a whole, ἐν τ. ἀμπέλῳ, Jhn.15:4; ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι, Rom.12:4; of accompanying objects or persons (simple dative in cl.), with, ἐν αἵματι, Heb.9:25; ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν, Luk.14:31 (cf. Ju 14, Act.7:14); similarly (cl.), of clothing, armour, arms, ἐν στολαῖς, Mrk.12:38; ἐν ἐσθῆτι λαμπρᾷ, Jas.2:2; ἐν μαξαίρῃ, Luk.22:49; ἐν ῥάβδῳ, 1Co.4:21 (cf. ἐν τόξοις, Xen, Mem., 3, 9, 2); of manner (cl.), ἐν τάχει (= ταχέως), Luk.18:8 (cf. Bl, §41, 1); of spiritual influence, ἐν πνεύματι, Rom.8:9; ἐν π. ἀκαθάρτῳ, Mrk.1:23; of the mystical relation of the Christian life and the believer himself, to God and Christ (cf. ICC, Ro., 160f; Mayor on Ju 1; M, Pr., 103): ἐν Χριστῷ, Rom.3:24, 6:11, 1Co.3:1, 4:10, 2Co.12:2, Gal.2:17, Eph.6:21, Col.4:7, 1Th.4:16, al. III. Of the agent, instrument or means (an extension of cl. ἐν of instr.—see LS, see word Ill—corresponding to similar use of Heb. בְּ), by, with: ἐν ὑμῖν κρίνεται ὁ κόσμος (= cl. παρά, C. dative), 1Co.6:2; ἐν τ. ἄρχοντι τ. δαιμονίων, Mat.9:34; ἐν αἵματι, Heb.9:22; ἐν ὕδατι, Mat.3:11, al; ἐν μαχαίρᾳ ἀποκτενεῖ (cf. the absol. ἐν μ, ἐν ῥάβδῳ, supr, II, which some would classify here), Rev.13:10 (cf. 6:8). Allied to this usage and distinctly Semitic are the following: ἠγόρασας. ἐν τ. αἵματι σου (cf. BDB, see word בְּ, III, 3), Rev.5:9; ὁμολογεῖν ἐν (= Aram. אודי בּ; cf. McNeile on Mt, I.with; M, Pr., 104), Mat.10:32, Luk.12:8; ὀμνύναι ἐν (= cl. accusative, so Jas.5:12), Mat.5:34, al; also at the rate of, amounting to, Mrk.4:8 (WH; vv. ll, εἰς, ἒν), Act.7:14 (LXX). IV. Of time, (a) in or during a period: ἐν τ. ἡμέρᾳ (νυκτί), Jhn.11:9, al; ἐν σαββάτῳ, Mat.12:2, al; ἐν τῷ μεταξύ, meanwhile, Jhn.4:31; (b) at the time of an event: ἐν τ. παρουσίᾳ, 1Co.15:23; ἐν τ. ἀναστάσει, Mat.22:28; (with) with art. inf, (α) present (so sometimes in cl, but not as in NT = ἕως; V. M, Pr., 215), while: Mat.13:4, Mrk.6:48, Gal.4:18, al; (β) aor, when, after: Luk.9:36, al; (d) within (cl.): Mat.27:40, V. In composition: (1) meaning: (a) with adjectives, it signifies usually the possession of a quality, as ἐνάλιος, ἐν́δοξος; (b) with verbs, continuance in (before ἐν) or motion into (before εἰς), as ἐμμένω, ἐμβαίνω. (ii) Assimilation: ἐν becomes ἐμ- before β, μ, π, φ, ψ; ἐγ- before γ, κ, ξ, χ; ἐλ- before λ. But in the older MSS of NT, followed by modern editions, assimilation is sometimes neglected, as in ἐνγράφω, ἐγκαινίζω, etc. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ἐν
Transliteration:
en
Gloss:
in/on/among
Morphhology:
Greek Preposition
Definition:
ἐν, poetry ἐνί, εἰν, εἰνί [Refs 8th c.BC+], forms used by Epic dialect and Lyric Poets as the metre requires, but only as falsa lectio in Trag, εἰν [Refs 5th c.BC+] ἰν [Refs] ) PREP. WITH DAT. AND ACC. Radical sense, in, into. A) WITH DAT. A.I) OF PLACE, A.I.1) in, νήσῳ ἐν ἀμφιρύτῃ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; with names of cities or islands, as ἐν Ἀθήνῃς, ἐν Τροίῃ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; where ἐν is used, it = in the district of, ὲν Ἐλευσῖνι [Refs] in my arms, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐν αὑτῷ εἶναι to be in one's senses, be oneself, ἔτ᾽ ἐν σαυτῷ (variant -τοῦ) γενοῦ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.1.b) ἐν τοῖς ἰχθύσιν in the fish-market, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so ἐν τοῖν δυοῖν ὀβολοῖν ἐθεώρουν ἄν in the two-obol seats, [Refs 4th c.BC+] A.I.2) elliptic, in such phrases as ἐν Ἀλκινόοιο [NT+8th c.BC+]; ἐν παιδοτρίβου, ἐν κιθαριστοῦ, at the school of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν γειτόνων (see. γείτων) ἐν αὑτοῦ (αὑτῷ codex Rav.) [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.3) in, within, surrounded by, οὐρανὸς ἐν αἰθέρι καὶ νεφέλῃσι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐν ὅπλοισι in or under arms, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also of particular kinds of arms, ἐν τόξοις, ἀκοντίοις, etc, equipped with them, uncertain in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν μεγάλοις φορτίοις βαδίζειν καὶ τρέχειν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.4) on, at or by, ἐν ποταμῷ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; νευρὴ ἐν τόξῳ the string on the bow, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κατεκλάσθη ἐνὶ καυλῷ ἔγχος was broken off at or by the shaft,[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν οἴνῳ at wine, probably in [Refs 3rd c.BC+] A.I.5) in the number of, amongst, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; and with Verbs of ruling, ἐν δ᾽ ἄρα τοῖσιν ἦρχ᾽ [Refs 8th c.BC+] —for ἐν τοῖς with _superlative_, V. ὁ. A.I.5.b) in the presence of, ἐν πᾶσι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; λέγειν ἐν ἀνδράσιν (of a woman) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of a trial, διαγωνίζεσθαι, διαδικάζεσθαι ἔν τισι, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.6) in one's hands, within one's reach or power, νίκης πείρατ᾽ ἔχονται ἐν ἀθανάτοισι θεοῖσι [Refs 8th c.BC+], with infinitive, it depends on him to, rests with him to, ἔστιν ἐν σοὶ ἢ. ἤ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also ἐν τούτῳ εἰσὶν πᾶσαι αἱ ἀποδείξεις depend on this, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἔν γ᾽ ἐμοί so far as rests with me, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also ἐν ἐμοί in my judgement, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν θεοῖς καλά in the eyes of the gods, [Refs] A.I.7) in respect of, ἐν πάντεσσ᾽ ἔργοισι δαήμονα φῶτα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐν γήρᾳ σύμμετρός τινι in point of age, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ἐμοὶ θρασύς in my case, towards me, [Refs]; ἡ ἐν τοῖς ὅπλοις μάθησις [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also οὐδὲν δεινὸν μὴ ἐν ἐμοὶ στῇ stop with me, [Refs] A.I.8) in a pregnant construction with Verbs of motion, into; implying both motion to and subsequent position in a place, ἐν κονίῃσι χαμαὶ πέσεν fell [to the dust and lay] in it, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐν στήθεσσι μένος βαλεῖν[Refs 8th c.BC+]: in Trag. and Attic dialect, ἐν ποίμναις πίτνων [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν χωρίῳ ἐμπεπτωκώς [Refs 5th c.BC+]; later, with Verbs of coming and going, διαβάντες ἐν τῇ Σάμῳ [LXX+2nd c.AD+] is falsa lectio in [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.9) πίνειν ἐν ποτηρίῳ to drink from a cup, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] A.I.10) ἄργυρος ἐν ἐκπώμασι silver in the form of plate, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; ἐμ φέρνῃ, ἐν θέματι, as a dowry, pledge, [Refs 1st c.BC+] A.I.11) in citations, ἐν τοῦ σκήπτρου τῇ παραδόσει in the passage of the [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.II) OF STATE, CONDITION or POSITION: A.II.1) of outward circumstances, ἐν πολέμῳ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐν γένει εἶναί τινι to be related to, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of occupations, pursuits, ἐν φιλοσοφίᾳ εἶναι to be engaged in philosophy, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ ἐν ποιήσι γενόμενοι poets, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ ἐν τοῖς πράγμασι ministers of state, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ ἐν τέλει the magistrates, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ μάντις ἦν ἐν τῇ τέχνῃ in the practice of it, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.2) of inward states, of feeling, etc, ἐν φιλότητι, ἐν δοιῇ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐν ὀργῇ ἔχειν τινά to make him the object of one's anger, [Refs 5th c.BC+] to blame him, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν αἰτίᾳ εἶναι to have the blame, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.3) frequently with neuter adjective, ἐν βραχεῖ, ={βραχέως}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τάχει, ={ταχέως}, [Refs]; ἐν καλῷ ἐστί, ={καλῶς ἔχει}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ἀσφαλεῖ [ἐστί] [Refs]; ἐν εὐμαρεῖ [ἐστί] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ἴσῳ, ={ἴσως, ἐν ὁμοίῳ}, ={ὁμοίως}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν κενοῖς, ={κενῶς}, [Refs] substantive, ἐν δίκᾳ, ={δικαίως}, opposed to παρὰ δίκαν[Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III) OF THE INSTRUMENT, MEANS or MANNER, ἐν πυρὶ πρήσαντες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; but in most cases the originally sense may be traced, to put in the fire and burn, infetters and bind, etc; so ἐν πόνοις δαμέντα [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἔζευξα πρῶτος ἐν ζυγοῖσι κνώδαλα[Refs]; also ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖσιν or ἐν ὄμμασιν ὁρᾶσθαι, ἰδέσθαι, to see with or before one's eyes, i.e. have the object in one's eye, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also ἐν λιταῖς by prayers, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν δόλῳ by deceit, [Refs]; ἐν λόγοις by words, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; especially with Verbs of showing, σημαίνειν ἐν ἱεροῖς καὶ οἰωνοῖς [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ πραχθέντα. ἐν. ἐπιστολαῖς ἴστε ye know by letters, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.2) of a personal instrument, ἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια [NT] A.IV) OF TIME, ὥρῃ ἐν εἰαρινῇ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐν τούτῳ (i.e. τῷ χρόνῶ) in this space of time, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ᾧ (i.e. χρόνῳ) during the time that, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ταῖς σπονδαῖς in the time of the truce, [Refs 5th c.BC+] in the course of the mysteries, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τραγῳδοῖς at the performance of, [Refs 4th c.BC+] A.IV.b) ἐν ἄρχοντι Μητροδώρῳ during the archonship of M, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] A.IV.2) in, within, ἐν ἡμέρῃ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μυρίαις ἐν ἁμέραις in, i.e. after, countless days, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.V) OF NUMBERS generally, ἐν δυσὶ σταδίοις within two stadia, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.V.2) with genitive of price, ἐν δύο ταλάντων [LXX] A.V.3) amounting to, προῖκα ἐν δραχμαῖς ἐννακοσίαις [Refs 2nd c.AD+] B) WITH Acc, into, on, for, [Refs 4th c.AD+]; also poetry, ἐν πάντα νόμον [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) WITHOUT CASE, AS adverb, in the phrase ἐν δέ, C.1) and therein, [Refs 8th c.BC+] C.2) and among them, [Refs 8th c.BC+] C.3) and besides, moreover (not in Attic dialect Prose), [Refs 8th c.BC+] C.4) ἔνι, ={ἔνεστι, ἔνεισι}, [Refs 8th c.BC+] D) POSITION: ἐν frequently stands between its substantive and the adjective agreeing therewith, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: without an adjective, τῷ δ᾽ ἐν ἐρινεός ἐστι μέγας [Refs 8th c.BC+] between substantive and genitive, χόρτοις ἐν λέοντος [Refs]--One or more independent words sometimes come between the preposition and its dative, as in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also in Prose, [Refs 5th c.BC+] E) IN COMPOSITION (joined with other words), E.I) with Verbs, the preposition mostly retains its sense of being in or at a place, etc, with dative, or followed by εἰς, or ἐν: in such forms as ἐνορᾶν τινί τι, in translating, we resolve the compound, to remark a thing in one. E.I.b) also, at a person, ἐγγελᾶν, ἐνυβρίζειν τινί. E.I.2) with adjectives, it expresses E.I.2.a) a modified degree, as in ἔμπηλος, ἔμπικρος, ἔνσιμος, rather. E.I.2.b) the possession of a quality, as in ἔναιμος with blood in it, ἐνάκανθος thorny: ἔμφωνος with a voice: ἔννομος in accordance with law, etc. E.II) ἐν becomes ἐμ- before the labials β μ π φ ; ἐγ- before the gutturals γ κ ξ ; ἐλ- before ; ἐρ- before ; rarely ἐσ- before ; but Inscrr. and Papyri often preserve ἐν- in all these cases.
Strongs
Word:
ἐν
Transliteration:
en
Pronounciation:
en
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Preposition
Definition:
"in," at, (up-)on, by, etc.; about, after, against, + almost, X altogether, among, X as, at, before, between, (here-)by (+ all means), for (… sake of), + give self wholly to, (here-)in(-to, -wardly), X mightily, (because) of, (up-)on, (open-)ly, X outwardly, one, X quickly, X shortly, (speedi-)ly, X that, X there(-in, -on), through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), under, when, where(-with), while, with(-in); a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between g1519 (εἰς) and g1537 (ἐκ))
him
Strongs:
Lexicon:
αὐτός
Greek:
αὐτῷ
Transliteration:
autō
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
he/she/it/self
Morphhology:
Personal pronoun Dative Singular Masculine
Grammar:
a reference to a recently mentioned male person or thing that something is done for‚ or in relation to
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Additional:
to him
Alternates:
Tyndale
Word:
αὐτός
Transliteration:
autos
Gloss:
it/s/he
Morphhology:
Greek Personal Pronoun (3rd person)
Definition:
αὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more frequently than in cl. (WM, 178f; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). 1) Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art, see infr, iii); (1) self (ipse), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc, αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Luk.5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jhn.2:25; αὐ.ὑμεῖς, Jhn.3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Rom.15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jhn.2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ, Mrk.2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ, Mrk.6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mat.3:4, Mrk.6:17, Jhn.16:27, 1Th.3:11, al; in late Gk, sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Luk.10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, see word); (2) emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl, §48, 1, 2, 7), Mat.1:21, 12:50, Luk.6:35, al; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mat.8:24, Mrk.4:38, al; αὐ, καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (BL, §48, 1), Mat.14:2, Mrk.14:15, 44, Luk.1:22, 2:28, al. 2) In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd of person(s), he, she, it, Mat.7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al; with ptcp. in genitive absol, Mat.9:18, Mrk.13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl, §74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לוֹ; WM, 184ff; Bl, §50, 4; MM, see word), Mrk.7:25, Rev.3:8, 7:2, al; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mat.4:23, Act.8:5, 2Co.2:13, al; genitive αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Rom.11:11, 1Th.2:19, Tit.3:5, Heb.2:4. 3) ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ, the same: Heb.1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ, ποιεῖν, Mat.5:46, 47, al; φρονεῖν, Rom.12:16, 15:5, Php.2:2, al; τὰ αὐ, Act.15:27, Rom.2:1, al; κατὰ τὸ (τὰ) αὐ. (MM, see word), Act.14:1, Luk.6:23, al; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ, together (MM, see word), Mat.22:34, Act.1:15, al; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ, 1Co.11:5, 12:11; with dative (cl.), 1Co.11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mrk.14:39; μέτρος, Php.1:30; πνεῦμα, 1Co.12:4. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
αὐτός
Transliteration:
autos
Gloss:
it/s/he
Morphhology:
Greek Personal Pronoun (3rd person)
Definition:
αὐτός (Cretan dialect ἀϝτός [Refs] (also αὐτόν[Refs], reflexive pronoun, self:—in oblique cases used for the personal pronoun, him, her, it:—with Article, ὁ αὐτός, ἡ αὐτή, τὸ αὐτό (also ταὐτόν), etc, the very one, the same. I) self, myself, thyself, etc, accusative to the person of the Verb: frequently joined with ἐγώ, σύ, etc. (see. below 10), I.1) one's true self, the soul, not the body, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; reversely, body, not soul, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; oneself, as opposed to others who are less prominent, as king to subject, [Refs]; man to wife and children, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; warrior to horses, [Refs 8th c.BC+], or to weapons, [Refs]; shepherd to herd, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; seamen to ships, [Refs]: generally, whole to parts,[Refs 5th c.BC+]: absolutely, the Master, as in the [Refs 4th c.BC+] Latin Ipse dixit; so τίς οὗτος;— Αὐτός, i.e. Socrates, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀναβόησον Αὐτόν[Refs]the Master, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the result will show, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; especially αὐτὸ δείξει[Refs 5th c.BC+]; of things, the very, ὑπὸ λόφον αὐτόν, i.e. just, exactly under, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πρὸς αὐταῖς ταῖς θύραις close by the door, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὸ τὸ δέον the very thing needed, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὸ τὸ περίορθρον the point of dawn, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὰ τὰ ἐναντία the very opposite, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; even, οὔ μοι μέλει ἄλγος οὔτ᾽ αὐτῆς Ἑκάβης[Refs 8th c.BC+] —In these senses αὐτός in Prose either precedes both the _Article_ and substantive, or follows both, e.g. αὐτὸς ὁ υἱός or ὁ υἱὸς αὐτός. The Article is sometimes omitted with proper names, or Nouns denoting individuals, αὐτὸς Μένων[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.2) of oneself, of one's own accord, ἀλλά τις αὐ. ἴτω[Refs 8th c.BC+]; also, in person, τῶν πραγμάτων ὑμῖν. αὐτοῖς ἀντιληπτέον[Refs 4th c.BC+] I.3) by oneself or itself, alone, αὐτός περ ἐών although alone, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αὐτὸς ἐγείναο παῖδ᾽, i.e. without a mother,[Refs 8th c.BC+]by himself, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτοὶ γάρ ἐσμεν we are by ourselves, i.e. among friends, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὰ γὰρ ἔστιν ταῦτα these and no others, [Refs 5th c.BC+] himself alone, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αὐτὸς μόνος, see at {μόνος} II; αὐτὸς καθ᾽ αὑτόν, see at {ἑαυτοῦ}. I.4) in Philosophy, by or in itself, of an abstract concept or idea, δίκαιον αὐτό[Refs 5th c.BC+] is frequently in this sense, attached to Nouns of all genders, οὐκ αὐτὸ δικαιοσύνην ἐπαινοῦντες ἀλλὰ τὰς ἀπ᾽ αὐτῆς εὐδοκιμήσεις[Refs 5th c.BC+]; more fully, εἰ αὐτὸ τοῦτο πατέρα ἠρώτων, ἆρα ὁ πατήρ ἐστι πατήρ τινος, ἢ ο; [Refs]; ἀδελφός, αὐτὸ τοῦτο ὅπερ ἔστιν the ideal, abstract brother, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; less frequently agreeing with the substantive, ἵνα αὐτὴ δικαιοσύνη πρὸς ἀδικίαν αὐτὴν κριθείη[Refs 5th c.BC+]its very self, [Refs] I.5) in dative with substantive, in one, together, ἀνόρουσεν αὐτῇ σὺν φόρμιγγι he sprang up lyre in hand, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αὐτῇ σὺν πήληκι κάρη helmet and all,[Refs 8th c.BC+] men and all, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτοῖσι συμμάχοισι allies and all, [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.6) added to ordinal Numbers, e.g. πέμπτος αὐτός himself the fifth, i. e. himself with four others, [NT+5th c.BC+] I.7) frequently coupled with οὗτος, τοῦτ᾽ αὐτό ἐστι τὸ ζητηθέν[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ταῦτα ἥκω αὐτὰ ἵνα. [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.8) καὶ αὐτός himself too, [Refs 8th c.BC+] I.9) repeated in apodosi for emphasis, αὐτὸς ἐπαγγειλάμενος σώσειν. αὐτὸς ἀπώλεσεν[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.10) in connexion with the person. pronoun, ἐγὼν αὐτός[Refs 8th c.BC+]; followed by an enclitic pronoun, αὐτόν μιν[Refs 8th c.BC+] I.10.b) with person. pronoun omitted, αὐτός. ἧσθαι λιλαίομαι, for ἐγὼ αὐτός, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αὐτὸν ἐλέησον, for ἐμὲ αὐτόν,[Refs 8th c.BC+] is simply a strengthened form of ο; and so in Attic dialect, when σὲ αὐτόν, ἐμοὶ αὐτῷ, etc, are read divisim, they are emphatic, not reflexive; in this case αὐτός generally precedes the person. pronoun,[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.10.c) with the reflexive ἑαυτοῦ, αὑτοῦ, etc, to add force and definiteness, αὐτὸς καθ᾽ αὑτοῦ[Refs 4th c.BC+]; αὐτοὶ ὑφ᾽ αὑτῶν[Refs 5th c.BC+]; sometimes between the Article and reflexive pronoun, τοῖς αὐτὸς αὑτοῦ πήμασιν βαρύνεται[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.10.d) αὐτοῦ, αὐτῶν with possessive pronoun, πατρὸς κλέος ἠδ᾽ ἐμὸν αὐτοῦ[Refs 8th c.BC+]; τοῖς οἷσιν αὐτοῦ[Refs 8th c.BC+] I.10.e) αὐτὸς ἑαυτοῦ with comparative and superlative adjective, αὐτὸς ἑωυτοῦ ῥέει πολλῷ ὑποδεέστερος[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.11) αὐτός for ὁ αὐτός, the same, [Refs 8th c.BC+], and in later Prose, αὐταῖς ταῖς ἡμέραις[NT+2nd c.AD+] I.12) comparative αὐτότερος[Refs 5th c.BC+]: superlative αὐτότατος his very self, [Refs 5th c.BC+]. adverb, comparative αὐτοτέρως[Refs 2nd c.AD+] II) he, she, it, for the simple pronoun of 3 person, only in oblique cases (except in later Gk, [NT], and rarely first in a sentence, [NT+5th c.BC+]: rare in Epic dialect, [Refs 8th c.BC+], and mostly emphatic,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; so in Trag, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in Prose, to recall a Noun used earlier in the sentence, ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν βασιλέα. οὐκ οἶδα ὅ τι δεῖ αὐτὸν ὀμόσαι[Refs 5th c.BC+]; after a Relative, ὅς κε θεοῖς ἐπιπείθηται. ἔκλυον αὐτοῦ[Refs 8th c.BC+]; especially where a second Verb requires a change of case in the pronoun, οἳ ἂν ἐξελεγχθῶσι. ὡς προδότας αὐτοὺς ὄντας τιμωρηθῆναι[Refs 5th c.BC+]; later, pleonastically after a Relative, ὧν ὁ μὲν αὐτῶν[NT+5th c.BC+] III) with Article ὁ αὐτός, ἡ αὐτή, τὸ αὐτό, and Attic dialect contraction αὑτός, αὑτή, ταὐτό and ταὐτόν (as required by the metre,[Refs 5th c.BC+] plural neuter ταὐτ; Ionic dialect ὡυτός, τὠυτό:—the very one, the same, rare in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: with dative, to denote sameness or agreement, especially in Prose, τὠυτὸ ἂν ὑμῖν ἐπρήσσομεν[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ αὐτὸς τῷ λίθῳ the same as the stone, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ταὐτῷ εἶναί τινι to be in the place with, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; προσίεσθαί τινα ἐς ταὐτὸ ἑαυτῷ to have a person meet one,[Refs 5th c.BC+]face to face, [Refs 4th c.AD+] III.2) in later Greek, the said, the above-named, Ἡρώδης ὁ αὐ.[Refs 3rd c.BC+] IV) Adverbial phrases: IV.1) αὐτὸ μόνον simply, merely, [Refs 1st c.AD+] IV.2) αὐτό as adverb, ={ἄρτι}, [Refs] IV.3) αὐτὸ τοῦτο as adverb, [NT+2nd c.BC+] IV.4) with Preps, ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό added together, making a total, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; κατὰ τὸ αὐτό together, at the same time,[NT], etc; but κατ᾽ αὐτό just then, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] V) In Compos: V.1) of or by oneself, self-, as in αὐτοδίδακτος, αὐτογνώμων, αὐτόματος: and so, independently, as in αὐτοκράτωρ, αὐτόνομος. V.2) hence, as a second self, very, bodily, as with proper names, Αὐτοθαΐς. V.3) in the abstract, the ideal, see above[Refs] V.4) precisely, as in αὐτόδεκα. V.5) rarely with reflexive sense of ἀλλήλων, as in αὐτοκτονέω. V.6) in one piece with, together with, as in αὐτόκωπος, αὐτοχείλης, αὐτόπρεμνος, αὐτόρριζος. V.7) by itself: hence, only, as in αὐτόξυλος, αὐτόποκος.—For αὐτοῦ, αὐτῶς, etc, see the respective Arts.
Strongs
Word:
αὐτός
Transliteration:
autós
Pronounciation:
ow-tos'
Language:
Greek
Definition:
the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative g1438 (ἑαυτοῦ)) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons; her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which; from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of g109 (ἀήρ) through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward)
as much as
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ὅσος
Greek:
ὅσα
Transliteration:
hosa
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
just as/how much
Morphhology:
Correlative pronoun Accusative Plural Neuter
Grammar:
a reference back to a TYPE of neuter people or things that are having something done to them
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Additional:
as much as
Tyndale
Word:
ὅσος
Transliteration:
hosos
Gloss:
just as/how much
Morphhology:
Greek Correlative
Definition:
ὅσος, -η, -ον, correlat. of τοσοῦτος, how much, how many, how great, how far, how long, as much as, etc. (= Lat. quantus); (a) of number and quantity: m. pl, Mat.14:36, Mrk.3:10, Rom.2:12, al; n. pl, Mat.17:12, Mrk.10:21, Luk.11:8, al; πάτνες (πάντα) ὅ, Mat.13:46, Luk.4:40, al; before οὗτοι (ταῦτα), Rom.8:14, Php.4:8; with indic, Mrk.6:56, Rev.3:19; with subjc. Mrk.3:28, al; ὅ. ἄν, Mat.18:18, Jhn.11:22, al; (b) of measure and degree: Mrk.3:8, Luk.8:39, Act.9:13; in compar. sent, ὅσον before μᾶλλον, Mrk.7:36; καθ᾽ ὅσον, with compar. Heb.3:3; before τοσοῦτο, Heb.7:20; οὕτως, Heb.9:27; τοσαύτῳ, with compar. before ὅσῳ, with compar, Heb.1:4; ἐφ᾽ ὅσον, inasmuch as, Mat.25:40, 45 Rom.11:13; (with) of space and time: Rev.21:16; ἐφ᾽ ὅσον, as long as, Mat.9:15, 2Pe.1:13; ἐφ᾽ ὅ. χρόνον, Rom.7:1, 1Co.7:39, Gal.4:1; ἔτι μικρὸν ὅσον ὅσον, yet how very short a time, Heb.10:37 (LXX). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ὅσος
Transliteration:
hosos
Gloss:
just as/how much
Morphhology:
Greek Correlative
Definition:
ὅσος, Epic dialect ὅσσος, η, ον, both forms in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὅσσος also in [Refs 4th c.BC+]; and in many dialects, e. g. Lesb, [Refs 7th c.BC+] ii 18 (ὄσσος), argument, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; Central Cretan dialect ὄζος [Refs], and ὄττος [Refs] adjective:—of Size, as great as, how great; of Quantity, as much as, how much; of Space, as far as, how far; of Time, as long as, how long; of Number, as many as, how many; of Sound, as loud as, how loud: correlative with τόσος (τόσσος), τοσόσδε, τοσοῦτος, in sense as, τόσσον χρόνον ὅσσον ἄνωγας [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τοσοῦτον ὄχλον καὶ παρασκευήν, ὅσην. [Refs 4th c.BC+] as antecedent, χῶρον ἅπαντα ὅσσον. [Refs 8th c.BC+] just so much as, ἐμοὶ δ᾽ ἴσον τῇς χώρας μέτα, ὅσονπερ ὑμῖν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀσπίδες ὅσσαι ἄρισται [Refs 8th c.BC+]; agreeing with an antecedent implied in an adjective, γυναικείας ἀρετῆς, ὅσαι. the virtue of all the women, who, [Refs 5th c.BC+] substantive frequently precedes, where we put it in the Relat. clause, οὐδέ τι οἶδε πένθεος[Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὁρᾷς. τὴν θεῶν ἰσχύν, ὅση [ἐστί]; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὦ Ζεῦ, τὸ χρῆμα τῶν κόπων ὅσον! [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ χρῆμα τῶν νυκτῶν ὅσον· ἀπέραντον! [Refs 8th c.BC+] the quantities of the first ingredient and the others, [Refs 5th c.BC+] 2) with a partitive genitive in the principal clause, Τρώων θάνον ὅσσοι ἄριστοι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὔ τις. ὀνόσσεται, ὅσσοι Ἀχαιοί of all the Achaeans, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; [τῶν στρατειῶν] ὅσαι τε καὶ μὴ ἐπικίνδυνοι which are and which are not, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; on τῶν ὅσοι, see ὁ, ἡ, τό [Refs 4th c.BC+] 3) of Time, ὅσαι ἡμέραι, ὅσα ἔτη, etc, see at {ὁσημέραι}. 4) with τις, in indirect questions, ἰδώμεθα. ὅσσος τις χρυσὸς. ἔνεστιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὅσον τι ἐστί[Refs] 5) with accusative of extent, λίμνη. μέγαθος, ὅσηπερ ἡ ἐν Δήλῳ in size as large as that in Delos, [Refs 5th c.BC+] 6) with adjectives expressing Quantity, etc, both words being put in the same case, [πίθηκοι] ἄφθονοι ὅσοι. γίνονται, i. e. in amazing numbers, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὄχλος ὑπερφυὴς ὅσος prodigiously large, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀπλάτων ὅσων, ἀμύθητα ὅσα, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μετὰ ἱδρῶτος θαυμαστοῦ ὅσου [Refs 5th c.BC+]: frequently in adverbial construction, θαυμαστὸν ὅσον ἐπιδιδόντες [Refs 5th c.BC+] 7) with superlative, ὅσας ἂν πλείστας δύνωνται καταστρέφεσθαι τῶν πολίων the most they possibly could, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also ὅσον τάχος as quickly as possible, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὅσον σθένος with all possible strength, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] 8) with infinitive, so much as is enough for, ὅσον ἀποζῆν enough to live off, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εὐδαιμονίας τοσοῦτον, ὅσον δοκεῖν so much as is enough for appearance, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) for ὅτι τοσοῦτος (see. οἷος [Refs 8th c.BC+] III) followed by Particles: III.1) ὅσος ἄν (κεν) how great (many) soever, with subjunctive, [Refs 8th c.BC+] III.2) ὅσος δή of such and such a size or number (but in [Refs 8th c.BC+] naming such and such an amount, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐπέταξε τοῖσι. ἔθνεσι γυναῖκας. κατιστάναι, ὅσας δὴ ἐπιτάσσων ordering such and such a number, [Refs]; παρεσκευάζοντο ἐπὶ μισθῷ ὅσῳ δή for payment of a certain amount, [Refs]; ὁσοσδηποτοῦν, in plural, any number whatsoever, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]however large, [Refs 1st c.BC+] III.3) ὁσοσοῦν, Ionic dialect -ῶν, ever so small, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in plural, however many, [Refs 4th c.BC+] III.4) ὅσοσπερ, precisely as great as, τοῦ μὲν χειμῶνός ἐστι [ὁ Ἴστρος] ὅσοσπέρ ἐστι of its normal size, [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc: in plural, as many as, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; and this is still more the case with Epic dialect ὅσος τε (compare ὅστε), [Refs 8th c.BC+] IV) Adverbial usages of ὅσον and ὅσα: IV.1) so far as, so much as, οὐ μέντοι ἐγὼ τόσον αἴτιός εἰμι, ὅσσον οἱ ἄλλοι [Refs 8th c.BC+]infinitive, ὅσον αὔξειν ἢ καθαιρεῖν so far as to, [Refs 4th c.BC+]infinitive, ὅσον γέ μ᾽ εἰδέναι as far as I know, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so μακραίων γ᾽, ὅσ᾽ ἀπεικάσαι conjecture in [Refs 5th c.BC+]: but more frequently with indicative, ὅσσον ἔγωγε γιγνώσκω [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὅσον καθ᾽ ἕν᾽ ἄνδρα so far as was in one man's power, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὅσα γε τἀνθρώπεια humanly speaking, [Refs] IV.1.b) how far, how much, ἴστε γὰρ ὅσσον ἐμοὶ ἀρετῇ περιβάλλετον ἵπποι [Refs 8th c.BC+]: with adjectives, how, ὅσον or ὅσσον. μέγ᾽ ὄνειαρ, [Refs 8th c.BC+] IV.2) only so far as, only just, ὅσον ἐς Σκαιάς τε πύλας καὶ φηγὸν ἵκανεν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὅσον καὶ ἀπὸ βοῆς ἕνεκα ὠργίζετο, opposed to τῷ ἀληθεῖ ἐχαλέπαινον, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τί οὐκ ἀπεκοιμήθημεν ὅ. ὅ. στίλη; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐπαναγαγεῖν ὅ. ὅ. [NT]; ὅσον· ὀλίγον, ὅσον ὅσον δέ, ὀλίγον ὀλίγον, [Refs 5th c.AD+]; παρ᾽ ὅσον ἧττον a little less, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; οὐδ᾽ ὅσον not even, οὐδ᾽ ὅ. ἀττάραγόν τυ δεδοίκαμες [Refs 3rd c.BC+]: absolutely, not the least mite, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; cf. IV. 5. IV.3) of size or distance, ὅσον τε about, nearly, ὅσον τ᾽ ὄργυιαν, ὅσον τε πυγούσιον, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; in Attic dialect ὅσον alone, ὅσον δύο πλέθρα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so of other measurements, ὅσον τριχοίνικον ἄρτον [Refs] IV.4) with adjectives of Quality or Degree, mostly with comparative, αἴθ᾽, ὅσον ἥσσων εἰμί, τόσον σέο φέρτερος εἴην [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὅσσον βασιλεύτερός εἰμι so far as, inasmuch as I am a greater king, [Refs 5th c.BC+] IV.5) with negatives, ὅσον οὐ or ὁσονού just not, all but[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὅσον οὐκ ἤδη almost immediately, [Refs 5th c.BC+] with future, presently, in a minute, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] IV.5.b) οὐχ ὅσον οὐκ ἠμύναντο, ἀλλ᾽ οὐδ᾽ ἐσώθησαν not only not, but not even, [Refs 5th c.BC+] IV.5.c) ὅσον μή so far as not, save or except so far as, καλός τε κἀγαθὸς τὴν φύσιν, ὅσον μὴ ὑβριστής (sic to be read) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὅσον γ᾽ ἂν αὐτὸς μὴ ποτιψαύων so far as I can without touching, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes with a finite Verb, πείθεσθαι, ὅσον ἂν μὴ ἀνάγκη ᾖ [Refs 5th c.BC+] IV.6) ὁσονοῦν, Ionic dialect ὁσονῶν, ever so little, εἰ τοίνυν ἐχιόνιζε καὶ ὁσονῶν [Refs 5th c.BC+] IV.7) ὅσα and ὅσαπερ, just like{ὡς, ὥσπερ}, as, [Refs 5th c.BC+] V) ὅσῳ, ὅσῳπερ, by how much, frequently with comparative, ὅσῳ πλέον ἥμισυ παντός [Refs 8th c.BC+]: with superlative, διέδεξε, ὅσῳ ἐστὶ τοῦτο ἄριστον [Refs 5th c.BC+] V.2) ὅσῳ with comparative when followed by another comparative with τοσούτῳ, the more, so much the more, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes a superlative replaces the comparative, ὅσῳ μάλιστα ἐλεύθεροι, τοσούτῳ καὶ θρασύτατα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὅσῳ alone, ἑωυτοὺς δὲ γενέσθαι τοσούτῳ, ἀμείνονας, ὅσῳ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] VI) ἐς ὅσον, ἐφ᾽ ὅσον, καθ᾽ ὅσον are frequently used much like{ὅσον, εἰς ὅσον σθένω} [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐφ᾽ ὅσον ἐστὶν δυνατός as far as he can, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; later of Time, ἐς ὅσον δύναμίς μοι ὑπῆρχεν as long as. [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; ἐφ᾽ ὅσον περιῆσαν as long as they lived, Mitteis [Refs 2nd c.BC+] VI.2) ἐν ὅσῳ while, [Refs 5th c.BC+] VII) no adverb ὅσως occurs.
Strongs
Word:
ὅσος
Transliteration:
hósos
Pronounciation:
hos'-os
Language:
Greek
Definition:
as (much, great, long, etc.) as; all (that), as (long, many, much) (as), how great (many, much), (in-)asmuch as, so many as, that (ever), the more, those things, what (great, -soever), wheresoever, wherewithsoever, which, X while, who(-soever); by reduplication from g3739 (ὅς)
they desired;
Strongs:
Lexicon:
θέλω
Greek:
ἠθέλησαν·
Transliteration:
ēthelēsan
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
to will/desire
Morphhology:
Verb Aorist Active Indicative 3rd Plural
Grammar:
an ACTION that happened - by people or things being discussed
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
θέλω
Transliteration:
thelō
Gloss:
to will/desire
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
θέλω (the strengthened form ἐθέλω is found in Hom, and is the more frequently in Attic; see Rutherford, NPhr., 415f.), [in LXX for חפץ,אבה; with neg, מאן pi, etc;] to will, be willing, wish, desire (more frequently than βούλομαι, which see, in vernac. and late Gk, also in MGr; for various views as to its relation to β, see Thayer, 286; but see also BL, §24, see word): absol, Rom.9:16, 1Co.4:19 12:18, Jas.4:15; τ. θεοῦ θέλοντος, Act.18:21; with accusative of thing(s), Mat.20:21, Mrk.14:36, Jhn.15:7, Rom.7:15, 16 1Co.4:21 7:36, Gal.5:17; with inf, Mat.5:40, Mrk.10:43, Jhn.6:21, 67 Rom.7:21, Gal.4:9; with accusative and inf, Mrk.7:24, Luk.1:62, Jhn.21:22, 23 Rom.16:19, 1Co.14:5, Gal.6:13; οὐ θέλω, Mat.18:30, al; id. with inf, Mat.2:18, Mrk.6:26, Jhn.5:40, 1Co.16:7; before ἵνα, Mat.7:12, Mrk.6:25, Jhn.17:24; opposite to ποιέω, πράσσω, ἐνεργέω, Rom.7:15, 19 2Co.8:10, 11 Php.2:13; before ἤ (ICG, in l; Deiss, LAE, 179:24), 1Co.14:19; θέλων ἐν ταπεινοφροσυνῄ (of his own mere will, by humility, R, mg), Col.2:18; in OT quotations, for Heb. חפץ, with accusative of person(s), Mat.27:43; with accusative of thing(s), Mat.9:13 12:7, Heb.10:5, 8; with inf, 1Pe.3:10; for אמר, with inf, Act.7:28 (see Cremer, 726ff.). θέλω (the strengthened form ἐθέλω is found in Hom, and is the more frequently in Attic; see Rutherford, NPhr., 415f.), [in LXX for חפץ,אבה; with neg, מאן pi, etc;] to will, be willing, wish, desire (more frequently than βούλομαι, which see, in vernac. and late Gk, also in MGr; for various views as to its relation to β, see Thayer, 286; but see also BL, §24, see word): absol, Rom.9:16, 1Co.4:19 12:18, Jas.4:15; τ. θεοῦ θέλοντος, Act.18:21; with accusative of thing(s), Mat.20:21, Mrk.14:36, Jhn.15:7, Rom.7:15, 16 1Co.4:21 7:36, Gal.5:17; with inf, Mat.5:40, Mrk.10:43, Jhn.6:21, 67 Rom.7:21, Gal.4:9; with accusative and inf, Mrk.7:24, Luk.1:62, Jhn.21:22, 23 Rom.16:19, 1Co.14:5, Gal.6:13; οὐ θέλω, Mat.18:30, al; id. with inf, Mat.2:18, Mrk.6:26, Jhn.5:40, 1Co.16:7; before ἵνα, Mat.7:12, Mrk.6:25, Jhn.17:24; opposite to ποιέω, πράσσω, ἐνεργέω, Rom.7:15, 19 2Co.8:10, 11 Php.2:13; before ἤ (ICG, in l; Deiss, LAE, 179:24), 1Co.14:19; θέλων ἐν ταπεινοφροσυνῄ (of his own mere will, by humility, R, mg), Col.2:18; in OT quotations, for Heb. חפץ, with accusative of person(s), Mat.27:43; with accusative of thing(s), Mat.9:13 12:7, Heb.10:5, 8; with inf, 1Pe.3:10; for אמר, with inf, Act.7:28 (see Cremer, 726ff.). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
θέλω
Transliteration:
thelō
Gloss:
to will/desire
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
θέλω, see at {ἐθέλω} and add ὅστις ἂν θέλῃ [Refs]
Strongs
Word:
θέλω
Transliteration:
thélō
Pronounciation:
eth-el-eh'-o
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Verb
Definition:
to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas g1014 (βούλομαι) properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in; desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)); apparently strengthened from the alternate form of g138 (αἱρέομαι)
Thus
Strongs:
Lexicon:
οὕτω, οὕτως
Greek:
οὕτως
Transliteration:
houtōs
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
thus(-ly)
Morphhology:
Adverb
Grammar:
DESCRIBING a specific ACTION
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
οὕτως
Transliteration:
ohutō, ohutōs
Gloss:
thus(-ly)
Morphhology:
Greek Adverb
Definition:
οὕτως, rarely (Bl, §5, 4; WH, App., 146f.) οὕτω, adv. (οὗτος), [in LXX chiefly for כֵּן;] in this way, so, thus; 1) referring to what precedes: Mat.5:16 6:30, Mrk.10:43 14:59, Luk.1:25 2:48 15:7, Jhn.3:8, Rom.1:15, 1Co.8:12, al; οὕτως καί, Mat.17:12, Mrk.13:29, al; pleonastically, resuming a ptcp. (cl; see Bl, §74, 6), Act.20:11 27:17. 2) Referring to what follows: Mat.1:18 6:9, Luk.19:31, Jhn.21:1, 1Pe.2:15; bef. quotations from OT, Mat.2:5, Act.7:6, 1Co.15:45, Heb.4:4. 3) C. adj. (marking intensity): Heb.12:21, Rev.16:18; similarly with adv, Gal.1:6 (cl.). 4) As a predicate (Bl, §76, 1): Mat.1:18 9:33, Mrk.2:1, 2 4:26, Rom.4:18 9:20, I Pe 2:15; οὕ ἔχειν (Lat. sic or ita se habere), Act.7:1, al; ἐκαθέζετο (as he was, without delay or preparation), Jhn.4:6. 5) In comparison, with correlative adv: καθάπερ. οὕ, Rom.12:4, 5 al; καθὼς. οὕ, Luk.11:30, al; οὕ. καθώς, Luk.24:24, al; ὡς. οὕ, Rom.5:15, al; οὕ. ὡς, Mrk.4:26, al; ὥσπερ. οὕ, Mat.12:40, al; οὕ. οὕ, 1Co.7:7. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
οὕτως
Transliteration:
ohutō, ohutōs
Gloss:
thus(-ly)
Morphhology:
Greek Adverb
Definition:
οὕτως, and before a consonant οὕτω (but sometimes οὕτως before a consonant, [Refs 5th c.BC+], and οὕτω before a vowel is found in Epic dialect Poets and _Ionic dialect_ Prose, see near the end); in Attic dialect strengthened A) οὑτωσί [Refs 5th c.BC+]; see at {οὗτος Α}:— adverb of οὗτος, in this way or manner, so, thus: οὕτως is antecedent to ὡς, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; in Attic dialect also οὕτως ὥσπερ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὥσπερ, οὕτω καὶ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡσαύτως, ὥσπερ, οὕτω καὶ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also οὕτως, ὅπως. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; poetry also ὥστε, οὕτω δὲ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] is frequently left out after ὡς, ὡς ἔδοξεν αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἐποίουν ταῦτα [Refs 5th c.BC+] —Sts. οὕτω or -ως refers to what follows, thus, as follows, οὕτω χρὴ ποιεῖν: ἐὰν. [Refs 5th c.BC+] followed by a quotation, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; καὶ οὕτως even so, even on this supposition, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὕτω δή τι, see infr. III; also οὕτω που so I ween,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὣς ὁ μὲν οὕτως ἐστὶ σόος so in this way is he saved, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —Phrases: A.1) οὕτω δὴ ἔσται so it shall be, ratifying what goes before,[Refs] alone in answers, even so, just so, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.2) emphatic with the imperative, just, without more ado, ἔρρ᾽ οὕτως [Refs 8th c.BC+]; but, οὕτω νῦν ἀπόπεμπε as you say, [Refs] A.3) in wishes or prayers, so, i.e. if you grant my prayer, οὕτως ἔρως σοι. τελεσφόρος γένοιτο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also in protestations, so, i.e. only if what I say is true, οὕτως ὀναίμην τῶν τέκνων, μισῶ τὸν ἄνδρ᾽ (as in Engl, so help me God, so mote I thrive, etc.) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὕτω. νομιζοίμην σοφός, ὡς. [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.4) in colloquial phrase, beginning a story, οὕτω ποτ᾽ ἦν μῦς καὶ γαλῆ there were once on a time, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.5) οὕτω with genitive, τούτων μὲν οὕτω so much for this, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; οὕτω καὶ τῶν οἰκονομικῶν (variant{τῷ -κῷ}) so also of, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὥσπερ Χαλκὶς. τῆς Εὐβοίας. κεῖται, οὕτω Χερρονήσου. ἡ Καρδιανῶν πόλις as Chalcis in respect of Euboea, so Cardia in respect of the Chersonese, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; so οὕτως ἔχω τινός or περί τινος, see at {ἔχω} (A) [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.6) ὁ οὕτω καλούμενος, ὀνομαζόμενος, the so-called, τῶν Ῥιπαίων οὕτω καλουμένων [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; Ποταμὸς δῆμος οὕτω καλούμενος P, a deme of that name, [Refs 1st c.BC+] A.7) οὕτω, or οὕτω δή, frequently introduces the apodosis after a protasis, ἐπειδὴ περιελήλυθε ὁ πόλεμος, οὕτω δὴ Γέλωνος μνῆστις γέγονε [Refs 5th c.BC+]; especially after parts, ἐν κλιβάνῳ πνίξαντες, οὕτω τρώγουσι, i.e. ἐπειδὰν πνίξωσιν, οὕτω, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: so also after the genitive absolutely, ὡς. τῶν ἡγεμόνων ὑμῖν μὴ μεμπτῶν γεγενημένων, οὕτω τὴν γνώμην ἔχετε [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II) sometimes in a really inferential sense, as we say so for therefore, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III) to such an extent, so, so much, so very, so excessively, καλὸς οὕτω [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πρυμνόθεν οὕτως so entirely, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τίς δ᾽ οὕτως ἄνους ὃς. ; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also δυσχείμερος αὕτη ἡ. χώρη οὕτω δή τί ἐστι, ἔνθα (i. e. ὥστε ἐνταῦθα) τοὺς μὲν ὀκτὼ τῶν μηνῶν ἀφόρητος οἷος γίνεται κρυμός [Refs 5th c.BC+] so excessively hard, you could scarcely break them, [Refs] A.III.2) with superlative adjective, τῆς οὕτω μεγίστης ἐγχειρήσεως ἀποσφαλείς [Refs 1st c.BC+] A.IV) sometimes, like{αὔτως}, with a diminishing power, so, merely so, simply, in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τοὺς ὀδόντας. οὕτως ἂν τοῖς δακτύλοις αὐτοῖς. παρατρίβειν, i.e. without a dentifrice, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also, off-hand, at once, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀλλ᾽ οὕτως ἄπει ; so, without a word more? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἢ στραφεὶς οὕτως ἴω ; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡς οὕτω γ᾽ ἀκοῦσαι at first hearing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὐ. οὕτως ἄπει, = impune, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.V) as Hebraism, οὕτως, = such a person (thing), οὕτως οὐδέποτε εἴδαμεν [LXX+NT] B) Position of οὕτω or οὕτως, mostly before the word which it limits, but in Poets sometimes after, καλὸς οὕτω [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἔρημος οὕτω, ἄγαν οὕτω, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: rarely at the end of a clause, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: sometimes separated from the word which it limits, οὕτως ἔχει τι δεινόν ; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὕτω δ᾽ ἦν ὁ Φίλιππος ἐν φόβῳ, ὥστε. [Refs 4th c.BC+] C) Prosody. The last syllable of οὕτω is short before a vowel in [Refs 8th c.BC+]. The ι of οὑτωσί is always long, see at {οὗτος} [near the start]
Strongs
Word:
οὕτω
Transliteration:
hoútō
Pronounciation:
hoo'-toce
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Adverb
Definition:
in this way (referring to what precedes or follows); after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what; adverb from g3778 (οὗτος)
also
Strongs:
Lexicon:
καί
Greek:
καὶ
Transliteration:
kai
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
and
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
καί
Transliteration:
kai
Gloss:
and
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
καί, conj., and I. Copulative. 1) Connecting single words; (a) in general: Mat.2:18, 16:1, Mrk.2:15, Luk.8:15, Heb.1:1, al. mult; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mat.23:23, Luk.14:21, Rom.7:12, 9:4, al. (b) connecting numerals (WM, §37, 4): Jhn.2:20, Act.13:20; (with) joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mat.8:33, 26:59, Mrk.16:17, Act.5:29, al. 2) Connecting clauses and sentences: Mat.3:12, Act.5:21, al. mult; esp. (a) where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, §60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss, LAE, 128ff.): Mat.1:21, 7:25, Mrk.9:5, Jhn.10:3, al; (b) joining affirmative to negative sentences: Luk.3:14, Jhn.4:11, IIIJhn.10; (with) consecutive, and so: Mat.5:1, 23:32, Heb.3:19, al; after imperatives, Mat.4:19, Luk.7:7, al; (d) = καίτοι, and yet: Mat.3:14, 6:26, Mrk.12:12, Luk.18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), 1Co.5:2, al; (e) beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Luk.2:21, 7:12, Act.1:10; beginning a question (WM, §53, 3a): Mrk.10:26, Luk.10:29, Jhn.9:36. 3) Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, §53, 3c): Luk.3:18, Jhn.1:16, Act.23:6, Rom.1:5, 1Co.3:5, al. 4) In transition: Mat.4:23, Mrk.5:1, 21, Jhn.1:19, al; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο (וַי:הִי; also ἐγένετο δέ), Mrk.1:9 (cf. Luk.5:1; V. Burton, §§357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). 5) καὶ. καί, both. and (for τε. καί, see: τε); (a) connecting single words: Mat.10:28, Mrk.4:41, Rom.11:33, al; (b) clauses and sentences: Mrk.9:13, Jhn.7:28, 1Co.1:22, al. II. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mat.5:39, 40; Mrk.2:28, al. mult; esp. with pron, adv, etc, Mat.20:4, Jhn.7:47, al; ὡς κ, Act.11:17; καθὼς κ, Rom.15:7; οὑτω κ, Rom.6:11; διὸ κ, Luk.1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss, BS, 313ff.), Act.13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ. (Bl, §77, 7; Deiss, BS, 265f,), Php.4:3; τί κ, 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ, Luk.14:22, Jhn.5:18, al; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, §437), Act.17:27; καίπερ, Heb.5:8; κ. ἐάν, see: ἐάν. ἐάν, contr. fr. εἰ ἄν, conditional particle, representing something as "under certain circumstances actual or liable to happen," but not so definitely expected as in the case of εἰ with ind. (Bl, §65, 4; cf. Jhn.13:17, 1Co.7:36), if haply, if; 1) with subjc. (cl.); (a) pres: Mat.6:22, Luk.10:6, Jhn.7:17, Rom.2:25, 26 al; { (b) aor. (= Lat. fut. pf.): Mat.4:9 16:26 (cf. ptcp. in Luk.9:25; M, Pr., 230), Mrk.3:24, Luk.14:34, Jhn.5:43, Rom.7:2, al; = cl. εἰ, with opt, Jhn.9:22 11:57, Act.9:2; as Heb. אִם = ὅταν, Jhn.12:32 14:3, I Jhn.2:28 3:2, Heb.3:7 " (LXX). 2) C. indic, (as in late writers, fr. Arist. on; see WH, App., 171; VD, MGr. 2, App., §77; Deiss, BS, 201f, LAE, 155, 254; M, Pr., 168, 187; Bl, §65, 4); (a) fut: Mat.18:19 T, Luk.19:40, Act.7:7; (b) pres: 1Th.3:8 (see Milligan, in l.). 3) With other particles: ἐ. καί (Bl, §65, 6), Gal.6:1; ἐ. μή (M, Pr., 185, 187; Bl, l.with), with subjc. pres, Mat.10:13, 1Co.8:8, Jas.2:17, 1Jn.3:21; aor, Mat.6:15, Mrk.3:27, Jhn.3:3, Rom.10:15, Gal.1:8 2:16 (see Lft, Ellic, in ll.); ἐ. τε. ἐ. τε, [in LXX for אִם. אִם, Est.19:13, al,] Rom.14:8. 4) = cl. ἄν (which see) after relat. pronouns and adverbs (Tdf, Pr., 96; WH, App., 173; M, Pr., 42f; Bl, §26, 4; Mayser, 152f; Deiss, BS, 202ff.): ὃς ἐ, Mat.5:19, Mrk.6:22, 23 Luk.17:32, 1Co.6:18, al; ὅπου ἐ, Mat.8:19; ὁσάκις ἐ, Rev.11:6; οὗ ἐ, 1Co.16:6; καθὸ ἐ, 2Co.8:12; ὅστις ἐ, Gal.5:10. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
καί
Transliteration:
kai
Gloss:
and
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
καί, conjunction, copulative, joining words and sentences, A) and; also adverb, even, also, just, frequently expressing emphatic assertion or assent, corresponding as positive to the negative οὐ (μή) or οὐδέ (μηδέ). copulative, and, A.I) joining words or sentences to those preceding, ἦ, καὶ κυανέῃσιν ἐπ᾽ ὀφρύσινεῦσε Κρονίων [Refs 8th c.BC+]: repeated with two or more Nouns, αἱ δὲ ἔλαφοι κ. δορκάδες κ. οἱ ἄγριοι οἶες κ. οἱ ὄνοι οἱ ἄγριοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; joining only the last pair, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ ὄχλος πλείων κ. πλείων ἐπέρρει more and more, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to add epithets after πολύς, πολλὰ κ. ἐσθλά [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.I.2) to addalimiting or defining expression, πρὸς μακρὸν ὄρος κ. Κύνθιον ὄχθον to the mountain and specially to, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (sometimes in reverse order, πρὸς δῶμα Διὸς κ. μακρὸν Ὄλυμπον [Refs 8th c.BC+]; to add by way of climax, θεῶν. κ. Ποσειδῶνος all the gods, and above all. , [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently ἄλλοι τε καί, ἄλλως τε καί, see at {ἄλλος} [Refs]; ὀλίγου τινὸς ἄξια κ. οὐδενός little or nothing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. ταῦτα and this too. , γελᾶν ἀναπείθειν, κ. ταῦθ᾽ οὕτω πολέμιον ὄντα τῷ γέλωτι [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II) at the beginning of a sentence, A.II.1) in appeals or requests, καί μοι δὸς τὴν Χεῖρα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; καί μοι λέγε, καί μοι ἀπόκριναι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently in Oratt, καί μοι λέγε. τὸ ψήφισμα, καί μοι ἀνάγνωθι, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.2) in questions, to introduce an objection or express surprise, κ. τίς τόδ᾽ ἐξίκοιτ᾽ ἂν ἀγγέλων τάχο; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; κ. πῶς; pray how? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. δὴ τί; but then what? [Refs]; κ. ποῖον; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. τίς εἶδε πώποτε βοῦς κριβανίτα; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κἄπειτ᾽ ἔκανε; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. τίς πώποτε Χαριζόμενος ἑτέρῳ τοῦτο εἰργάσατ; [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.3) ={καίτοι}, and yet, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.4) at the beginning of a speech, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III) after words implying sameness or like ness, as, γνώμῃσι ἐχρέωντο ὁμοίῃσι κ. σύ they had the same opinion as you, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἴσον or ἴσα κ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ἴσῳ (i.e. ἐστὶ) κ. εἰ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.2) after words implying comparison or opposition, αἱ δαπάναι οὐχ ὁμοίως κ. πρίν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.3) to express simultaneity, ἦν ἦμαρ δεύτερον, κἀγὼ κατηγόμην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; παρέρχονταί τε μέσαι νύκτες κ. ψύχεται [τὸ ὕδωρ] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [οἱ Λακεδαιμόνιοι] οὐκ ἔφθασαν τὴν ἀρχὴν κατασχόντες κ. Θηβαίοις εὐθὺς ἐπεβούλευσαν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.IV) joining an affirmative clause with a negative, ἀλλ᾽ ὥς τι δράσων εἷρπε κοὐ θανούμενος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.V) καί, καί. correlative, not only, but also. , κ. ἀεὶ κ. νῦν, κ. τότε κ. νῦν, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) by anacoluthon, ὣς φαμένη κ. κερδοσύνῃ ἡγήσατ᾽ Ἀθήνη, for ὣς ἔφη κ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἔρχεται δὲ αὐτή τε. κ. τὸν υἱὸν ἔχουσα, for κ. ὁ υἱός, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B) even, also, just, B.1) τάχα κεν κ. ἀναίτιον αἰτιόῳτο even the innocent, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; δόμεναι κ. μεῖζον ἄεθλον an even greater prize, [Refs]full five,[Refs 5th c.BC+] two or three, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2) also, κ. ἐγώ I also, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κ. αὐτοί they also, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ἀγίας καὶ Σωκράτης κ. τούτω ἀπεθανέτην likewise died, [Refs]; in adding surnames, etc, Ὦχος ὁ κ. Δαρειαῖος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; nominative ὁ κ. first in [Refs 1st c.BC+], frequently later, [Refs 2nd c.AD+], etc; Ἰούδας ὁ κ. Μακκαβαῖος [NT+8th c.BC+]; εἴπερ τι κ. ἄλλο, ὥς τις κ. ἄλλος, [Refs 5th c.BC+], not only, but also. , see at {μόνος}; οὐδὲν μᾶλλον. ἢ οὐ καὶ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2.b) frequently used both in the antecedent and relative clause, where we put also in the antecedent only, εἰ μὲν κ. σὺ εἶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὧνπερ κ. ἐγώ [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.3) frequently in apodosi, after temporal Conjs, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δή ῥα, κ. τότε δή. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also after εἰ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: as a Hebraism, κ. ἐγένετο. κ. [LXX+NT] B.4) with Advs, to give emphasis, κ. κάρτα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. λίην full surely, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κ. πάλαι, κ. πάνυ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. μάλα, κ. σφόδρα, in answers, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.5) with words expressing a minimum, even so much as, were it but, just, ἱέμενος κ. καπνὸν ἀποθρῴσκοντα νοῆσαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἷς ἡδὺ κ. λέγειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τίς δὲ κ. προσβλέψετα; who will so much as look at you? [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.6) just, τοῦτ᾽ αὐτὸ κ. νοσοῦμεν 'tis just that that ails me, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: frequently with a relative, τὸ κ. κλαίουσα τέτηκα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; and how long ago was the city sacked? [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ποῦ καί σφε θάπτε; where is he burying her? [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.7) even, just, implying assent, ἔπειτά με κ. λίποι αἰών thereafter let life e'en leave me, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.8) κ. εἰ even if, of a whole condition represented as an extreme case, opposed to εἰ κ. although, notwithstanding that, of a condition represented as immaterial even if fulfilled,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἰ κ. ἠπιστάμην if I had been able, [Refs 5th c.BC+] each exert their force separtely, as εἴ περ ἀδειής τ᾽ ἐστί, καὶ εἰ. and if. [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.9) before a Participle, to represent either καὶ εἰ, or εἰ καί, although, albeit, Ἕκτορα κ. μεμαῶτα μάχης σχήσεσθαι ὀΐω, for ἢν κ. μεμάῃ, how much soever he rage, although he rage, [Refs 8th c.BC+] C) Position: καί and, is by Poets sometimes put after another word, ἔγνωκα, τοῖσδε κοὐδὲν ἀντειπεῖν ἔχω, for καὶ τοῖσδε οὐδέν [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.2) καί also, sometimes goes between a preposition and its case, ἐν κ. θαλάσσᾳ [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.3) very seldom at the end of a verse, [Refs 5th c.BC+] D) crasis: with ᾰ, as κἄν, κἀγαθοί, etc; with ε, as κἀγώ, κἄπειτα, etc, Doric dialect κἠγώ, κἤπειτα, etc; with η, as Χἠ, Χἠμέρη, Χἠμεῖς, etc; with ῐ in Χἰκετεύετε, Χἰλαρ; with ο, as Χὠ, Χὤστις, etc; with υ in Χὐμεῖς, Χὐποχείριον, etc; with ω in the pronoun ᾧ, Χ; with αι, as κᾀσχρῶ; with αυ, as καὐτό; with ει, as κεἰ, κεἰς (but also κἀς), κᾆτ; with εὐ, as κεὐγένεια, κεὐσταλή; with οι in Χοἰ (Χᾠ [Refs]; with ου in Χοὖτος, κοὐ, κοὐδέ, and the like.
Strongs
Word:
καί
Transliteration:
kaí
Pronounciation:
kahee
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Definition:
and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words; and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet; apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force
the
Strongs:
Greek:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Definite article Nominative Singular Masculine
Grammar:
a SPECIFIC male person or thing that is doing something
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article (ἄρθρον προτακτικόν), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. I. As demonstr. pron. 1) As frequently in Hom, absol, he (she, it), his (etc.): Act.17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). 2) Distributive, ὁ μὲν. ὁ δέ, the one. the other: 1Co.7:7, Gal.4:22; pl, Act.14:4, 17:32, Php.1:16, al; οἱ μὲν. ἄλλοι δέ, Mat.16:14, Jhn.7:12; οἱ μεν̀. ὁδέ, Heb.7:21, 23. 3) In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mat.2:14, Mrk.1:45, Luk.8:21, Jhn.9:38, al. mult. II. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, 1) to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc, to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mat.8:20, al; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Luk.10:7; with nom. = voc. in addresses, Mat.11:26, Jhn.19:3, Jas.5:1, al; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mrk.3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. 2) To modified nouns: with of person(s) pron. genitive, μοῦ, σοῦ, etc; with poss. pron, ἐμός, σός, etc; with adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mat.12:35; the noun foll, by adj, both with art, ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jhn.10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jhn.12:9, see M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Rom.9:11. 3) To Other parts of speech used as substantives; (a) neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc; (b) cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc; (with) participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mat.14:2), Mrk.6:14; πᾶς ὁ, with ptcp, every one who, etc; (d) adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; (e) infinitives: nom, τὸ θέλειν, Rom.7:18, al; genitive, τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, 1Co.16:4; verbs, ἐλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Luk.1:9; and frequently in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mat.13:3 (on the artic. inf, see Bl, §71). 4) In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mrk.9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, Heb.12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph.4:9, al. 5) To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, Heb.13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Rom.4:14; neut. accusative absol, in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν, daily, Luk.11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Rom.9:5. 6) To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mat.10:2, al; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mat.16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Rom.14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81ff; Bl, §§46, 47). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
ὁ, ἡ, τό, is, when thus written, A) demonstrative Pronoun. B ) in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article. C ) in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in Aeolic dialect accusative to [Refs 8th c.BC+] genitive and dative dual τοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive singular is in many places τῶ, accusative plural τώς, but Cretan dialect, etc, τόνς [Refs]; in Lesbian Aeolic dialect the accusative plural forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, [Refs]; dative plural τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, see above), [Refs]; ταῖσι as demonstrative, [Refs 7th c.BC+] Poets also used the Ionic dialect and _Epic dialect_ forms τοῖσι, ταῖσ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν, τοὶ δέ, for οἱ μέν, οἱ δέ, not only in Lyric poetry, as [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but even in a trimeter, [Refs 5th c.BC+] {ὅ}; τὼ πόλεε Foed. cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in [Refs 4th c.AD+] functions as genitive dual feminine, μεσακόθεν τοῖς κράναιυν [Refs 4th c.BC+] —in Elean and _Boeotian dialect_ ὁ, ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, ={ὅδε}, ἥδε, τόδε, _nominative_ _plural_ _masculine_ τυΐ the following men, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] cf. Sanskrit demonstrative pronoun sa, sā, Gothic sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Latin accusative sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from *τόδ] cf. Sanskrit tat (tad), Latin is-tud, Gothic pata: —with τοί cf. Sanskrit te, Lithuanian tĩe, O[Refs 5th c.BC+] pá, etc:—with τάων cf. Sanskrit tāsām, Latin is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (which see) is different.) A) ὁ, ἡ, τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in [Refs 8th c.BC+] the commonest sense: frequently also in [Refs 5th c.BC+], and sometimes in Trag. (mostly in Lyric poetry, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τῶν γάρ, τῆς γάρ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; seldom in Attic dialect Prose, except in special phrases, see infr. VI, VII): A.I) joined with a substantive, to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with appellative, Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.—thataged man, [Refs]; αἰετοῦ. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, [Refs]; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, [Refs]; οἴχετ᾽ ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, [Refs]:—different from this are cases [Refs 8th c.BC+] if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships—I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, compare [Refs] A.II) frequently without a substantive, he, she, it, ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.III) placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons, ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἷ᾽ οὔ πώ τιν᾽ ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —for the _Attic dialect_ usage see below A.IV) before a Possessive pronoun its demonstrative force is sometimes very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.V) for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, see below [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ. without a substantive, in all cases, genders, and numbers, [Refs 8th c.BC+] properly refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter, ὁ δέ the former, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes in Partition, the one, the other, etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in genitive plural, being divided by the ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ, into parts, ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι, τῶν δ᾽ αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο [Refs 8th c.BC+]: but frequently the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition, ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον [Refs 8th c.BC+]: so in Trag. and Attic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; if the Noun be collective, it is in the genitive singular, ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.2) when a negative accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g. τὰς γοῦν Ἀθήνας οἶδα τὸν δὲ χῶρον οὔ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.3) ὁ μέν τις, ὁ δέ τις. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which ὁ refers is left indefinite, ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν, ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.4) on τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, or τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs] A.VI.5) ὁ μέν is frequently used without a corresponding ὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ᾽ ἐσκίδναντο, Μυρμιδόνας δ᾽ οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; by ἄλλος δέ, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.6) ὁ δέ following μέν sometimes refers to the subject of the preceding clause, τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ᾽, ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον. βεβλήκει [Refs 8th c.BC+]: rare in Attic dialect Prose, ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.7) ὁ δέ is frequently used simply in continuing a narrative, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also used by [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.8) the opposition may be expressed otherwise than by μέν and δέ, οὔθ᾽ ὁ. οὔθ᾽ ὁ [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VII) the following usages prevailed in Attic dialect Prose, A.VII.1) in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nominative singular masculine καὶ ὅ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Article were used (see. ὅς [Refs 4th c.BC+] II.I and cf. Sanskrit sas, alternatative form of sa); so, in accusative, καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VII.2) ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such, τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ [Refs 5th c.BC+]: but mostly in accusative, καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad, τὸν δ᾽ ἀγαθὸν τολμᾶν χρὴ τά τε καὶ τὰ φέρειν [Refs 6th c.BC+]; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII) absolutely usages of single cases, A.VIII.1) feminine dative τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc: also in Prose, τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.b) with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —only poetry A.VIII.1.c) of Manner, τῇ περ τελευτήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν in this way, thus, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.d) repeated, τῇ μέν, τῇ δέ, in one way, in another, or partly, partly, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.e) relative, where, by which way, only Epic dialect, as [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2) neuter dative τῷ, therefore, on this account, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2.b) thus, so, [Refs 8th c.BC+] precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.3) neuter accusative τό, wherefore, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also τὸ δέ absolutely, but the fact is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (compare above[Refs 5th c.BC+]; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, [Refs 1st c.BC+] A.VIII.4) τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, partly, partly, or on the one hand, on the other, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; more frequently τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] in the first clause, τὸ δέ τι [Refs] several times. and finally, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5) of Time, sometimes that time, sometimes this (present) time, συνμαχία κ᾽ ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) [Refs 6th c.BC+] from that time, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.b) πρὸ τοῦ, sometimes written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.c) in Thess. Prose, ὑππρὸ τᾶς yesterday, τὰ ψαφίσματα τό τε ὑππρὸ τᾶς γενόμενον καὶ τὸ τᾶμον the decree which was passed yesterday (literal before this [day]), and to-day's, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] A.VIII.6) ἐν τοῖς is frequently used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος (πρώτοις codices) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] the greatest number of ships, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also with adverbs, ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in late Prose, also with Positives, ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον [Refs 1st c.BC+] B) ὁ, ἡ, τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signification in the earliest Gr, becoming commoner later. In [Refs 8th c.BC+] the demonstrative force can generally be traced, [Refs 4th c.BC+] I, but the definite Article must be recognized in places [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also when joined to an adjective to make it a substantive, αἰὲν ἀποκτείνων τὸν ὀπίστατον the hindmost man, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also in τῶν ἄλλων [Refs]; also τὸ τρίτον[Refs]; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest,[Refs]—The true Article, however, is first fully established in 5th C Attic dialect, whilst the demonstrative usage disappears, except in a few cases, V. [Refs 4th c.BC+] —Chief usages, especially in _Attic dialect_ B.I) not only with common Appellats, adjectives, and Parts, to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also frequently where we use the Possessive pronoun, τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.b) omitted with proper nounsand frequently with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, see at {θεός} [Refs] III; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare Θράσυλος in [Refs]; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with proper nouns, save to give peculiar emphasis, like Latin ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.c) Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in [Refs] when he means the Platonic Socrates, as [Refs] B.I.d) for Σαῦλος ὁ καὶ Παῦλος, etc, see at {καί} [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.2) in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type, οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν. λεύσσει [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.2.b) frequently with abstract Nouns, ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.3) of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, see at {γεωγράφος}, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός. B.I.4) with infinitives, which thereby become Substantives, τὸ εἴργειν prevention, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, [Refs 5th c.BC+]infinitive, τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.5) in neuter before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man; τὸ λέγω the word λέγ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', [Refs]; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ᾽ ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if. ', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.6) before relative clauses, when the Article serves to combine the whole relative clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν, καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.7) before Prons, B.I.7.a) before the person Prons, giving them greater emphasis, but only in accusative, τὸν ἐμέ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν. σὲ καὶ ἐμέ[Refs] B.I.7.b) before the interrogative pronoun (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῆς ποίας μερίδο; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τοῖς ποίοις; [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.7.c) with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc, the Article either makes the pronoun into a substantive, ὁ τοιοῦτος that sort of person, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; or subjoins it to a substantive which already has an Article, τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.8) before ἅπας, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, [Refs 4th c.BC+] see entry; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc, see at {ἄλλος} [Refs] B.I.9) the Article with the comparative is rare, if ἤ follows, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II) elliptic expressions: B.II.1) before the genitive of a proper name, to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (i.e. υἱός) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (i.e. θυγάτηρ) [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M.the wife of [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.2) generally, before a genitive it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, [Refs]; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, [Refs]; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, [Refs]; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+] what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: and with genitive of [Refs 5th c.BC+] is frequently also, a man's word or saying, as τὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, [NT+5th c.BC+] B.II.3) very frequently with cases governed by Preps. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπ᾽ Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, [Refs] B.II.4) on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc, see at {μά} IV. B.II.5) in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (i.e. ὁδόν) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ αὔριον (i.e. ἡμέρα), see at {αὔριον}; ἡ Λυδιστί (i.e. ἁρμονία) [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc; but τό stands absolutely with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a substantive, as κἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects; both in nominative singular masculine ὅ, as κλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, [Refs]; and in the forms beginning with τ, especially in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also in Ionic dialect Poets, ἐν τῷ κάθημαι [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τό [Refs]; τῶν[Refs]—Never in Comedy texts or Attic dialect Prose:—Epic dialect genitive singular τεῦ [Refs 8th c.BC+] D) CRASIS OF ARTICLE: D.a) Attic dialect ὁ, ἡ, τό, with ᾰ make ᾱ, as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιο; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθ; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: ὁ, τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντο; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([musical notation]), Ionic dialect οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (see. ἕτερος), Attic dialect feminine ἡτέρα, dative θητέρᾳ (see. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: ὁ, τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: ὁ, τό, etc, before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (frequently written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Papyrus); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί=αὑταί: ἡ before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before ἡ gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before ὑ gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ. D.b) other dialects: in their treatment of crasis these follow the local laws of contraction, hence, e.g, Doric dialect ὡξ from ὁ ἐξ [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ᾡσυμνήτης from ὁ αἰς-[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡυτή from ἡ αὐτή [Refs 1st c.AD+]
Strongs
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Pronounciation:
to
Language:
Greek
Definition:
the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom); the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc; the definite article
Son
Strongs:
Lexicon:
υἱός
Greek:
υἱὸς
Transliteration:
huios
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
son
Morphhology:
Noun Nominative Singular Masculine Title
Grammar:
a proper name of a male PERSON OR THING that is doing something
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
υἱός
Transliteration:
uhios
Gloss:
son
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Male
Definition:
υἱός, -οῦ, ὁ, [in LXX very frequently and nearly always for בֵּן, Gen.4:17, al; for בַּר, Dan LXX TH 7:13, al; etc;], a son; 1) in the ordinary sense: Mat.10:37, Mrk.9:17, Luk.1:13, al. mult; omitted with the art. of origin (WM, §30, 3; Bl, §35, 2), τὸν τοῦ Ἰεσσαί, Act.13:22 (LXX); also with genitive anarth. (cl.), Σώπατρος Πύρρου Βεροιαῖος, Act.20:4; with adj, προτότοκος, Luk.2:7; μονογένης, Luk.7:12; opposite to νόθος, Heb.12:8; in a wider sense, of posterity: ὁ υἱ. Δαυΐδ, of the Messiah (cf. Dalman, Words, 316ff; DCG, ii, 653f.), Mat.22:42, 45 Mrk.12:35, 37 Luk.20:41, 44 al; υἱοὶ Ἰσραήλ, (cf. υἷες Ἀχαιῶν, Hom, Il., i, 162, al.), Mat.27:9, Act.9:15, al. 2) Metaphorical; (a) as belonging to, being connected with or having the quality of that which follows (a usage mainly due to translation from a Semitic original; cf. Deiss, BS, 161ff; Dalman, Words, 115f; DCG, ii, 652f.): τ. πονεροῦ (διαβόλου), Mat.13:38, Act.13:10; τ. νυμφῶνος (see: νυμφών), Mat.9:15, Mrk.2:19, al; τ. φωτός (Lft, Notes, 74), Luk.16:8, Jhn.12:36, 1Th.5:5; τ. εἰρεήμης, Luk.10:6; γεέννης, Mat.23:15; τ. ἀπωλείας, Jhn.17:12, 2Th.2:3; τ. αἰῶνος τούτου, Luk.16:8 20:34; τ. ἀπειθειάς, Eph.2:2 5:6; βροντῆς, Mrk.3:17; τ. ἀναστάσεως, Luk.20:36; παρακλήσεως, Act.4:36; τ. προφητῶν κ. τ. διαθήκης, Act.3:25; (b) υἱὸς τ. θεοῦ (cf. Dalman, Words, 268ff; Deiss, BS, 166f; DB, iv, 570 ff; DCG, ii, 654ff.), of men, as partakers of the Divine nature and of the life to come: Mat.5:9, Luk.20:36, Rom.8:14 9:26, al; υἱοὶ (κ. θυγατέρες) τ. ὑψίστου, Luk.6:35, 2Co.6:18; in an unique sense of Jesus, Mat.4:3 8:29 28:19, Mrk.3:4, Luk.4:41, Jhn.9:35 11:27, al; ὁ Χριστὸς ὁ υἱ. τ. θεοῦ ζῶντος (τ. εὐλογητοῦ), Mat.16:16, Mrk.14:61; (with) (ὁ) υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου (in LXX for Heb. בּן אדם, Aram, בּר אנשׁ; cf. Dalman, Words, 234ff; DB, iv, 579ff; DCG, ii, 659ff; Westc, St. John, i, 74ff; other reff. in Swete, Mk, 2:10), based on the Aram. of Dan.7:13, where the phrase, like the corresponding Heb. (as in Psa.8:5), means a man, one of the species, and indicates the human appearance of the person in question. It is used of the Messiah in Enoch, with 46, §1-4, also in II Est.13:3, 12, al. Our Lord first makes the phrase a title, using the def. art. It seems to combine the ideas of his true humanity and representative character. Exc. in Act.7:56 and (anarth.) Rev.1:13 14:14, it is used of Jesus only by himself: Mat.8:20, Mrk.2:10, Luk.5:24, Jhn.1:52, al. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
υἱός
Transliteration:
uhios
Gloss:
son
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Male
Definition:
υἱός, ὁ (written ϝηιός in Ἀρχ. Ἐφ. [Refs 6th c.BC+] —in earlier _Attic dialect_ and other Inscrr. inflected as a ῠ-stem (like πῆχυς), _nominative_ υἱύς (written huihus)[Refs]; dative υἱεῖ: dual υἱεῖ [Refs 5th c.BC+], written ηυιε in [Refs 5th c.BC+] are rejected by [Refs 2nd c.AD+], Thom.Mag.p.367 R, as not Attic dialect, though the two latter forms are used by later writers (as υἱέα [Refs 3rd c.BC+] is falsa lectio in [Refs 5th c.BC+] is mentioned as a form that would be regular by [Refs] —Homer uses _nominative_ υἱός (very frequently); genitive υἱοῦ only in [Refs 8th c.BC+], elsewhere υἱέο; dative υἱέϊ or υἱε; accusative υἱέα [Refs 8th c.BC+]: plural, nominative υἱέες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; dative υἱοῖσι (ν) only [Refs 8th c.BC+], belongs solely to later Epic dialect poets, as [Refs 3rd c.BC+] (υιυις lapis); accusative υἱύν [Refs]; genitive υἱέος [Refs 6th c.BC+]; but υἱοῦ [Refs 7th c.BC+]; nominative plural υἱέες [Refs]; accusative plural υἱύνς [Refs 8th c.BC+] which have ρα = ṛ, cf. Sanskrit pitṛ[snull]u); ὑέεσσι [Refs]; υἷος in [Refs 5th c.BC+] is nominative rather than genitive in [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; a nominative ὑϊς (scanned?~X) [Refs 6th c.BC+]-in Attic dialect Inscrr. down to [Refs 5th c.BC+] reappears under the Empire; in Plato codex A usually has ὑιος, which is found also in T, codex B always has υἱός, editors restore ὑό; accusative υἱόν is recommended by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] [same place]; in Inscrr. of Pergamon, Magnesia, and Delphi, and in non-literary Papyri, ὑός is at all times less common than υἱός:—ὁ υεἱός [Refs]:—son, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; υἱὸν ποιεῖσθαί τινα to adopt as a son, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; υἱεῖς ἄνδρες grown-up sons, [Refs 4th c.BC+] Oracle texts cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]: rarely of animals, [NT] 2) periphrastic, υἷες Ἀχαιῶν, for Ἀχαιοί, [Refs 8th c.BC+] 3) generally, child, and so υἱ. ἄρρην male child, [NT+3rd c.AD+] 4) frequently in [Refs] years old, [LXX]; υἱοὶ ἀδικίας [Refs]hostages, [LXX+NT] 5) in some dialects, including the Ionic dialect Prose of [Refs 5th c.BC+] is rare in Trag, [Refs 8th c.BC+] 6) as a general term of affection, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; υἱέ, an author's address to the reader, [LXX] 7) δάμου υἱός, υἱὸς πόλεως, Ἑλλάδος, as titles of honour, [Refs 1st c.AD+] 8) υἱοὶ ἀνθρώπων sons of men, periphrastic for men (compare above 2,4), [LXX]; οἱ υἱοὶ τῶν ἀ.[LXX+NT]man, [LXX]; of the Messiah,[LXX+NT]; used by Jesus of himself, [NT] (by Stephen recalling the words of Jesus, [NT] 9) υἱοὶ Θεοῦ sons of God, implying inheritors of the nature of God [NT]; implying participants in the glory of God, [Refs] 9.b) of Jesus, τὸ γεννώμενον κληθήσεται υἱὸς Θεοῦ [Refs]; ὁ Χριστός, ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ, [NT] 9.c) Θεοῦ υἱός, = Latin [Refs] filius, patronymic of Augustus, [Refs 4th c.BC+]. [Hom.sometimes has the first syllable short in nominative, vocative and accusative singular, οὐδὲ Δρύαντος υἱός [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Simon. [prev. cited] seems to have used a monosyllable nominative υἷς, and Hdn.Gr. may have read it as ὕις, but this is uncertain, as in [Refs 8th c.BC+] does not occur.] (Prob. from *sū-yú-s, cf. Sanskrit sūte 'procreate', Tocharian (A-dialogue) se, (B-dialogue) soyä 'son'; different suffix in *sū-nu-s, Sanskrit sūnūs, etc, and in *s[ucaron]-nu-s, O[Refs 5th c.BC+] sunu, etc. (all = son); *sūyú- perhaps became *s[ucaron]wyú, then *suiwú; υἱός and υἱόν perhaps by dissimilation from υἱύς υἱύν, since the o-stem forms appear first where υ-υ would otherwise be repeated; ὗϊς (ὑΐς) may be another dissimilation; the precise origin of υἷος υἷι υἷες etc. is uncertain.)
Strongs
Word:
υἱός
Transliteration:
huiós
Pronounciation:
hwee-os'
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Noun Masculine
Definition:
a "son" (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship; child, foal, son; apparently a primary word
<the>
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ὁ
Greek:
τοῦ
Transliteration:
tou
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Definite article Genitive Singular Masculine
Grammar:
a SPECIFIC male person or thing that something belongs to
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article (ἄρθρον προτακτικόν), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. I. As demonstr. pron. 1) As frequently in Hom, absol, he (she, it), his (etc.): Act.17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). 2) Distributive, ὁ μὲν. ὁ δέ, the one. the other: 1Co.7:7, Gal.4:22; pl, Act.14:4, 17:32, Php.1:16, al; οἱ μὲν. ἄλλοι δέ, Mat.16:14, Jhn.7:12; οἱ μεν̀. ὁδέ, Heb.7:21, 23. 3) In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mat.2:14, Mrk.1:45, Luk.8:21, Jhn.9:38, al. mult. II. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, 1) to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc, to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mat.8:20, al; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Luk.10:7; with nom. = voc. in addresses, Mat.11:26, Jhn.19:3, Jas.5:1, al; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mrk.3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. 2) To modified nouns: with of person(s) pron. genitive, μοῦ, σοῦ, etc; with poss. pron, ἐμός, σός, etc; with adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mat.12:35; the noun foll, by adj, both with art, ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jhn.10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jhn.12:9, see M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Rom.9:11. 3) To Other parts of speech used as substantives; (a) neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc; (b) cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc; (with) participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mat.14:2), Mrk.6:14; πᾶς ὁ, with ptcp, every one who, etc; (d) adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; (e) infinitives: nom, τὸ θέλειν, Rom.7:18, al; genitive, τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, 1Co.16:4; verbs, ἐλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Luk.1:9; and frequently in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mat.13:3 (on the artic. inf, see Bl, §71). 4) In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mrk.9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, Heb.12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph.4:9, al. 5) To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, Heb.13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Rom.4:14; neut. accusative absol, in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν, daily, Luk.11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Rom.9:5. 6) To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mat.10:2, al; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mat.16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Rom.14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81ff; Bl, §§46, 47). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
ὁ, ἡ, τό, is, when thus written, A) demonstrative Pronoun. B ) in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article. C ) in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in Aeolic dialect accusative to [Refs 8th c.BC+] genitive and dative dual τοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive singular is in many places τῶ, accusative plural τώς, but Cretan dialect, etc, τόνς [Refs]; in Lesbian Aeolic dialect the accusative plural forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, [Refs]; dative plural τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, see above), [Refs]; ταῖσι as demonstrative, [Refs 7th c.BC+] Poets also used the Ionic dialect and _Epic dialect_ forms τοῖσι, ταῖσ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν, τοὶ δέ, for οἱ μέν, οἱ δέ, not only in Lyric poetry, as [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but even in a trimeter, [Refs 5th c.BC+] {ὅ}; τὼ πόλεε Foed. cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in [Refs 4th c.AD+] functions as genitive dual feminine, μεσακόθεν τοῖς κράναιυν [Refs 4th c.BC+] —in Elean and _Boeotian dialect_ ὁ, ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, ={ὅδε}, ἥδε, τόδε, _nominative_ _plural_ _masculine_ τυΐ the following men, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] cf. Sanskrit demonstrative pronoun sa, sā, Gothic sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Latin accusative sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from *τόδ] cf. Sanskrit tat (tad), Latin is-tud, Gothic pata: —with τοί cf. Sanskrit te, Lithuanian tĩe, O[Refs 5th c.BC+] pá, etc:—with τάων cf. Sanskrit tāsām, Latin is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (which see) is different.) A) ὁ, ἡ, τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in [Refs 8th c.BC+] the commonest sense: frequently also in [Refs 5th c.BC+], and sometimes in Trag. (mostly in Lyric poetry, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τῶν γάρ, τῆς γάρ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; seldom in Attic dialect Prose, except in special phrases, see infr. VI, VII): A.I) joined with a substantive, to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with appellative, Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.—thataged man, [Refs]; αἰετοῦ. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, [Refs]; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, [Refs]; οἴχετ᾽ ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, [Refs]:—different from this are cases [Refs 8th c.BC+] if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships—I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, compare [Refs] A.II) frequently without a substantive, he, she, it, ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.III) placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons, ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἷ᾽ οὔ πώ τιν᾽ ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —for the _Attic dialect_ usage see below A.IV) before a Possessive pronoun its demonstrative force is sometimes very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.V) for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, see below [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ. without a substantive, in all cases, genders, and numbers, [Refs 8th c.BC+] properly refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter, ὁ δέ the former, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes in Partition, the one, the other, etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in genitive plural, being divided by the ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ, into parts, ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι, τῶν δ᾽ αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο [Refs 8th c.BC+]: but frequently the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition, ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον [Refs 8th c.BC+]: so in Trag. and Attic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; if the Noun be collective, it is in the genitive singular, ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.2) when a negative accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g. τὰς γοῦν Ἀθήνας οἶδα τὸν δὲ χῶρον οὔ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.3) ὁ μέν τις, ὁ δέ τις. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which ὁ refers is left indefinite, ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν, ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.4) on τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, or τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs] A.VI.5) ὁ μέν is frequently used without a corresponding ὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ᾽ ἐσκίδναντο, Μυρμιδόνας δ᾽ οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; by ἄλλος δέ, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.6) ὁ δέ following μέν sometimes refers to the subject of the preceding clause, τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ᾽, ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον. βεβλήκει [Refs 8th c.BC+]: rare in Attic dialect Prose, ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.7) ὁ δέ is frequently used simply in continuing a narrative, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also used by [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.8) the opposition may be expressed otherwise than by μέν and δέ, οὔθ᾽ ὁ. οὔθ᾽ ὁ [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VII) the following usages prevailed in Attic dialect Prose, A.VII.1) in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nominative singular masculine καὶ ὅ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Article were used (see. ὅς [Refs 4th c.BC+] II.I and cf. Sanskrit sas, alternatative form of sa); so, in accusative, καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VII.2) ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such, τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ [Refs 5th c.BC+]: but mostly in accusative, καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad, τὸν δ᾽ ἀγαθὸν τολμᾶν χρὴ τά τε καὶ τὰ φέρειν [Refs 6th c.BC+]; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII) absolutely usages of single cases, A.VIII.1) feminine dative τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc: also in Prose, τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.b) with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —only poetry A.VIII.1.c) of Manner, τῇ περ τελευτήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν in this way, thus, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.d) repeated, τῇ μέν, τῇ δέ, in one way, in another, or partly, partly, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.e) relative, where, by which way, only Epic dialect, as [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2) neuter dative τῷ, therefore, on this account, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2.b) thus, so, [Refs 8th c.BC+] precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.3) neuter accusative τό, wherefore, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also τὸ δέ absolutely, but the fact is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (compare above[Refs 5th c.BC+]; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, [Refs 1st c.BC+] A.VIII.4) τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, partly, partly, or on the one hand, on the other, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; more frequently τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] in the first clause, τὸ δέ τι [Refs] several times. and finally, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5) of Time, sometimes that time, sometimes this (present) time, συνμαχία κ᾽ ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) [Refs 6th c.BC+] from that time, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.b) πρὸ τοῦ, sometimes written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.c) in Thess. Prose, ὑππρὸ τᾶς yesterday, τὰ ψαφίσματα τό τε ὑππρὸ τᾶς γενόμενον καὶ τὸ τᾶμον the decree which was passed yesterday (literal before this [day]), and to-day's, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] A.VIII.6) ἐν τοῖς is frequently used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος (πρώτοις codices) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] the greatest number of ships, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also with adverbs, ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in late Prose, also with Positives, ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον [Refs 1st c.BC+] B) ὁ, ἡ, τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signification in the earliest Gr, becoming commoner later. In [Refs 8th c.BC+] the demonstrative force can generally be traced, [Refs 4th c.BC+] I, but the definite Article must be recognized in places [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also when joined to an adjective to make it a substantive, αἰὲν ἀποκτείνων τὸν ὀπίστατον the hindmost man, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also in τῶν ἄλλων [Refs]; also τὸ τρίτον[Refs]; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest,[Refs]—The true Article, however, is first fully established in 5th C Attic dialect, whilst the demonstrative usage disappears, except in a few cases, V. [Refs 4th c.BC+] —Chief usages, especially in _Attic dialect_ B.I) not only with common Appellats, adjectives, and Parts, to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also frequently where we use the Possessive pronoun, τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.b) omitted with proper nounsand frequently with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, see at {θεός} [Refs] III; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare Θράσυλος in [Refs]; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with proper nouns, save to give peculiar emphasis, like Latin ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.c) Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in [Refs] when he means the Platonic Socrates, as [Refs] B.I.d) for Σαῦλος ὁ καὶ Παῦλος, etc, see at {καί} [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.2) in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type, οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν. λεύσσει [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.2.b) frequently with abstract Nouns, ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.3) of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, see at {γεωγράφος}, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός. B.I.4) with infinitives, which thereby become Substantives, τὸ εἴργειν prevention, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, [Refs 5th c.BC+]infinitive, τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.5) in neuter before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man; τὸ λέγω the word λέγ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', [Refs]; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ᾽ ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if. ', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.6) before relative clauses, when the Article serves to combine the whole relative clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν, καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.7) before Prons, B.I.7.a) before the person Prons, giving them greater emphasis, but only in accusative, τὸν ἐμέ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν. σὲ καὶ ἐμέ[Refs] B.I.7.b) before the interrogative pronoun (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῆς ποίας μερίδο; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τοῖς ποίοις; [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.7.c) with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc, the Article either makes the pronoun into a substantive, ὁ τοιοῦτος that sort of person, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; or subjoins it to a substantive which already has an Article, τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.8) before ἅπας, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, [Refs 4th c.BC+] see entry; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc, see at {ἄλλος} [Refs] B.I.9) the Article with the comparative is rare, if ἤ follows, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II) elliptic expressions: B.II.1) before the genitive of a proper name, to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (i.e. υἱός) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (i.e. θυγάτηρ) [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M.the wife of [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.2) generally, before a genitive it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, [Refs]; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, [Refs]; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, [Refs]; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+] what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: and with genitive of [Refs 5th c.BC+] is frequently also, a man's word or saying, as τὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, [NT+5th c.BC+] B.II.3) very frequently with cases governed by Preps. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπ᾽ Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, [Refs] B.II.4) on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc, see at {μά} IV. B.II.5) in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (i.e. ὁδόν) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ αὔριον (i.e. ἡμέρα), see at {αὔριον}; ἡ Λυδιστί (i.e. ἁρμονία) [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc; but τό stands absolutely with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a substantive, as κἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects; both in nominative singular masculine ὅ, as κλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, [Refs]; and in the forms beginning with τ, especially in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also in Ionic dialect Poets, ἐν τῷ κάθημαι [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τό [Refs]; τῶν[Refs]—Never in Comedy texts or Attic dialect Prose:—Epic dialect genitive singular τεῦ [Refs 8th c.BC+] D) CRASIS OF ARTICLE: D.a) Attic dialect ὁ, ἡ, τό, with ᾰ make ᾱ, as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιο; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθ; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: ὁ, τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντο; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([musical notation]), Ionic dialect οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (see. ἕτερος), Attic dialect feminine ἡτέρα, dative θητέρᾳ (see. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: ὁ, τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: ὁ, τό, etc, before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (frequently written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Papyrus); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί=αὑταί: ἡ before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before ἡ gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before ὑ gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ. D.b) other dialects: in their treatment of crasis these follow the local laws of contraction, hence, e.g, Doric dialect ὡξ from ὁ ἐξ [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ᾡσυμνήτης from ὁ αἰς-[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡυτή from ἡ αὐτή [Refs 1st c.AD+]
Strongs
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Pronounciation:
to
Language:
Greek
Definition:
the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom); the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc; the definite article
of Man
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ἄνθρωπος
Greek:
ἀνθρώπου
Transliteration:
anthrōpou
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
a human
Morphhology:
Noun Genitive Singular Masculine Title
Grammar:
a proper name of a male PERSON OR THING that something belongs to
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
ἄνθρωπος
Transliteration:
anthrōpos
Gloss:
a human
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Male
Definition:
ἄνθρωπος, -ου, ὁ, [in LXX chiefly for אִישׁ,אָדָם, also for אֱנוֹשׁ, etc;] man: 1) generically, a human being, male or female (Lat. homo): Jhn.16:21; with art, Mat.4:4 12:35, Mrk.2:27, Jhn.2:25, Rom.7:1, al; disting. from God, Mat.19:6, Jhn.10:33, Col.3:23, al; from animals, etc, Mat.4:19, Luk.5:10, Rev.9:4, al; implying human frailty and imperfection, 1Co.3:4; σοφία ἀνθρώπων, 1Co.2:5; ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαι, 1Pe.4:2; κατὰ ἄνθρωπον περιπατεῖν, 1Co.3:3; κατὰ ἄ. λέγειν (λαλεῖν), Rom.3:5, 1Co.9:8; κατὰ ἄ- λέγειν, Gal.3:15 (cf. 1Co.15:32, Gal.1:11); by meton, of man's nature or condition, ὁ ἔσω (ἔξω) ἄ, Rom.7:22, Eph.3:16, 2Co.4:16 (cf. 1Pe.3:4); ὁ παλαιὸς, καινὸς, νέος ἄ, Rom.6:6, Eph.2:15 4:22, 24 Col.3:9, 10; joined with another subst, ἄ. ἔμπορος, a merchant, Mat.13:45 (WH, txt. om. ἄ.); οἰκοδεσπότης, Mat.13:52; βασιλεύς, 18:23; φάγος, 11:19; with name of nation, Κυρηναῖος, Mat.27:32; Ἰουδαῖος, Act.21:39; Ῥωμαῖος, Act.16:37; pl. οἱ ἄ, men, people: Mat.5:13, 16 Mrk.8:24, Jhn.4:28; οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων, Mrk.11:2, 1Ti.6:16. 2) Indef, ἄ. = τις, some one, a man: Mat.17:14, Mrk.12:1, al; τις ἄ, Mat.18:12, Jhn.5:5, al; indef. one (Fr. on), Rom.3:28, Gal.2:16, al; opposite to women, servants, etc, Mat.10:36 19:10, Jhn.7:22, 23. 3) Definitely, with art, of some particular person; Mat.12:13, Mrk.3:5, al; οὗτος ὁ ἄ, Luk.14:30; ὁ ἄ οὗτος, ἐκεῖνος, Mrk.14:71, Mat.12:45; ὁ ἄ. τ. ἀνομίας, 2Th.2:3; ἄ τ. θεοῦ (of Heb. אִישׁ אֱלֹהִים), 1Ti.6:11, 2Ti.3:17, 2Pe.1:21; ὁ υἰὸς τοῦ ἀ, see: υἱός. SYN.: ἀνήρ, which see (and cf. MM, VGT, 44; Cremer, 103, 635). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ἄνθρωπος
Transliteration:
anthrōpos
Gloss:
a human
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Male
Definition:
ἄνθρωπος, ἡ, Attic dialect crasis ἅνθρωπος, Ionic dialect ὥνθρωπος, for ὁ ἄνθρ:— man, both as a generic term and of individuals, [Refs 8th c.BC+], opposed to gods, ἀθανάτων τε θεῶν χαμαὶ ἐρχομένων τ᾽ ἀνθρώπων[Refs 8th c.BC+]; πρὸς ἠοίων ἢ ἑσπερίων ἀνθρώπων the men of the east or of the west, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; even of the dead in the Isles of the Blest,[Refs 5th c.BC+] 2) [Refs 5th c.BC+] uses it both with and without the Article to denote man generically, ὁ ἄ. θείας μετέσχε μοίρας[Refs]; ὁ ἄ. the ideal man, humanity, ἀπώλεσας τὸν ἄ, οὐκ ἐπλήρωσας τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν[Refs 2nd c.AD+] 3) in plural, mankind, ἀνθρώπων. ἀνδρῶν ἠδὲ γυναικῶν[Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐξἀνθρώπων γίγνεσθαι depart this life, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] 3.b) joined with a superlative to increase its force, δεινότατον τῶν ἐν ἀνθρώποις ἁπάντων[Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ ἄριστος ἐν ἀνθρώποις ὄρτυξ the best quail in the world, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently without a preposition, μάλιστα, ἥκιστα ἀνθρώπων, most or least of all, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἄριστά γ᾽ ἀ, ὀρθότατα ἀ, [Refs] 3.c) τὰ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων πράγματα 'all the trouble in the world',[Refs 5th c.BC+] 4) joined with another substantive, like{ἀνήρ}, ἄ. ὁδίτης [Refs 8th c.BC+]; with names of nations, πόλις Μερόπων ἀνθρώπων[Refs]; in Attic dialect frequently in a contemptuous sense, ἄ. ὑπογραμματεύς, ἄ. γόης, ἄ. συκοφάντης, [NT+5th c.BC+] 5) ἅνθρωπος or ὁ ἄνθρωπος alone, the man, the fellow, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; with a sense of pity, [Refs 4th c.BC+] 6) in the vocative frequently in a contemptuous sense, as when addressed to slaves, etc, ἄνθρωπε or ὤνθρωπε sirrah! you sir! [Refs 5th c.BC+]; simply, brother, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] 7) slave, ἂν ἄ. ᾖ[Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ ἄ. τῆς ἁμαρτίας or ἀνομίας[NT]; but τιθέναι τινὰ ἐν ἀνθρώποις make a man of, of a freed slave, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] 8) ἄ. ἄ. any one, Hebraism in [LXX]; ἄ. like [Refs 1st c.BC+] man 'one', [NT] 9) in Medicine texts, name of a plaster, ἡ διὰ σάνδυκος ἄ. καλουμένη[Refs 6th c.AD+] II) as feminine, woman, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; contemptuously, of female slaves, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; with a sense of pity, [Refs 4th c.BC+] —Prop. opposed to θηρίον, compare ἀνή; but opposed to γυνή, [LXX+4th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
ἄνθρωπος
Transliteration:
ánthrōpos
Pronounciation:
anth'-ro-pos
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Noun Masculine
is about
Strongs:
Lexicon:
μέλλω
Greek:
μέλλει
Transliteration:
mellei
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
to ensue
Morphhology:
Verb Present Active Indicative 3rd Singular
Grammar:
an ACTION that happens - by a person or thing being discussed
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Additional:
be about to
Tyndale
Word:
μέλλω
Transliteration:
mellō
Gloss:
to ensue
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
μέλλω, [in LXX: Job.3:8 (עָתִיד) 19:25 (אַחֲרוֹן); elsewhere for fut, and frequently in Wi, II, 4Mac;] to be about to be or do; 1) with inf. (Bl, §62, 4; 68, 2; M, Pr., 114); (a) of intending or being about to do of one's own free will: with inf. praes, Mat.2:13, Luk.10:1, Act.3:3 5:35, Heb.8:5, 2Pe.1:12 (Field, Notes, 240), al; with inf. aor. (Bl, §58, 3), Act.12:6, Rev.3:16; (b) of compulsion, necessity or certainty: with inf. praes, Mat.16:27, Luk.9:31, Jhn.6:71, Rom.4:24, al; with inf. aor, Rom.8:18, Gal.3:23, Rev.3:2 12:4. 2) Ptcp, ὁ μέλλων: absol, Rom.8:38, 1Co.3:22; τὰ μ, Col.2:17; εἰς τὸ μ. (Field, Notes, 65); with subst, Mat.3:7 12:32 (ὁ αἰὼν ὁ μ; LXX for עַד), Act.24:25, 1Ti.4:8, Heb.2:5, al. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
μέλλω
Transliteration:
mellō
Gloss:
to ensue
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
μέλλω, imperfect ἔμελλον and ἤμελλον (see. below), Epic dialect μέλλον [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Epic dialect, Ionic dialect μέλλεσκον [Refs 3rd c.BC+]: future μελλήσω [NT+4th c.BC+]: aorist ἐμέλλησα [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—passive and middle, see below see.—Only present and imperfect in [Refs 8th c.BC+], Lyric poetry, and Trag: aorist only in Prose (except [Refs 6th c.BC+]imperfect ἤμελλον with long augment is established by the metre in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: aorist 1 ἠμέλλησα [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ἤμελλον is not found in earlier Attic dialect Inscrr, but occurs in Papyrus, as [Refs 5th c.BC+] I) to be destined or likely to, indicating an estimated certainty or strong probability in the present, past, or future (cf. Aristonic. cited in [Refs 8th c.BC+]present infinitive (or its equivalent), of a probability in the present, ὅθι που μέλλουσιν ἄριστοι βουλὰς βουλεύειν where belike the best are holding counsel, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ᾧ μέλλεις εὔχεσθαι to whom thou doubtless prayest, [Refs]; μέλλεις δὲ σὺ ἴδμεναι doubtless thou knowest, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὰ δὲ μέλλετ᾽ ἀκουέμεν belike you have heard it, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὄλβον δὲ θεοὶ μέλλουσιν ὀπάζειν methinks it is the gods who give wealth, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἰ δ᾽ οὕτω τοῦτ᾽ ἐστίν, ἐμοὶ μέλλει φίλον εἶναι you may be sure it is my good pleasure, [Refs 8th c.BC+]aorist infinitive, of a probability in the past, μέλλω που ἀπεχθέσθαι Διὶ πατρί I must have become hateful to father Zeus, [Refs]; κελευσέμεναι δέ σ᾽ ἔμελλε δαίμων a god must surely have bidden thee, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πολλάκι που μέλλεις ἀρήμεναι you must often have prayed, [Refs]; μέλλω ἀθανάτους ἀλιτέσθαι I must have sinned against the immortals, [Refs]; ἄλλοτε δή ποτε μᾶλλον ἐρωῆσαι πολέμοιο μέλλω at any other time rather than this I may have drawn back, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μέλλει μέν πού τις καὶ φίλτερον ἄλλον ὀλέσσαι before now, no doubt, a man has lost, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; of a destiny in the past, ἔμελλεν οἷ αὐτῷ θάνατον. λιτέσθαι he was fated to have been praying for his own death, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐπεὶ οὐκ ἄρ᾽ ἔμελλον ἑταίρῳ κτεινομένῳ ἐπαμῦναι since I was (i.e. am) not destined to have succoured my comrade when they were slaying him, [Refs]present infinitive, οὐκ ἄρ᾽ ἔμελλες ἀνάλκιδος ἀνδρὸς ἑταίρους ἔδμεναι he was to turn out no helpless man whose comrades you ate, [Refs 8th c.BC+]future infinitive, of a destin y or probability in the future, ἅ οὐ τελέεσθαι ἔμελλον which were not to be accomplished, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τάχα δ᾽ ἀνστήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν[Refs 8th c.BC+]; περὶ τρίποδος γὰρ ἔμελλον θεύσεσθαι they were to have run, [Refs 8th c.BC+]present infinitive, καὶ γὰρ ἐγώ ποτ᾽ ἔμελλον ἐν ἀνδράσιν ὄλβιος εἶναι I had a chance of being, might have been, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: with aorist infinitive [Refs 4th c.BC+]infinitive understood, [τὰ μὲν] πάσχουσι, τὰ δὲ μέλλουσι [πάσχειν] [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἀλλ᾽ οὐχ οὑμὸς τοῦτο πέπονθεν βίος οὐ μὰ Δί᾽ οὐδέ γε μέλλει no, not likely! [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.d) in εἰ clauses, εἰ μέλλει πόλις εἶναι if it is to be a city, [Refs 5th c.BC+]future infinitive, εἰ ἐμέλλομεν. ἀνοίσειν if we were to refer, [Refs]: with aorist infinitive, εἰ μέλλομεν. δηλῶσαι [Refs]: so in participle, τὴν μέλλουσαν οἰκήσεσθαι πόλιν καλῶς [Refs 4th c.BC+] I.e) in final clauses, ξυνεπιμέλεσθαι ᾗ μέλλει ἄριστα ἕξειν, = {ᾗ ἄριστα ἕξει}, [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.f) in questions, the infinitive being understood, τί οὐ μέλλω (μέλλεις, etc.); why shouldn't I? why is it not likely that I should, i. e. yes, of course, τὸν υἱὸν ἑόρακας αὐτο; Answ. τί δ᾽ οὐ μέλλω (i.e. ἑορακέναι); of course I have, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τί δ᾽ οὐ μέλλει, εἴπερ γε δρᾷ αὐτ; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πῶς γὰρ οὐ μέλλε; [Refs]; ἀλλὰ τί μέλλε; what (else) would you expect? i. e. yes, of course, [Refs] II) to be about to, in purely temporal sense, with future infinitive, Ἕκτορα δῖον ἔτετμεν ἀδελφεόν, εὖτ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἔμελλε στρέψεσθ᾽ ἐκ χώρης [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὁ μέν μιν ἔμελλε γενείου. ἁψάμενος λίσσεσθαι (perhaps present infinitive), ὁ δ᾽ αὐχένα μέσσον ἔλασσε [Refs 8th c.BC+]; δειπνήσειν μέλλομεν, ἢ τ; [Refs 5th c.BC+]present infinitive, τί μέλλεις δρᾶ; [Refs 5th c.BC+]: more rarely with aorist infinitive, παθεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀναλαβεῖν, λιπεῖν, θανεῖν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀπολέσαι, λαβεῖν, [Refs 5th c.BC+] —The infinitive is sometimes omitted, τὸ μέλλειν ἀγαθά (i.e. πράσσειν or πράξειν) the expectation of good things, [Refs 5th c.BC+] III) to be always going to do without ever doing: hence, delay, put off, frequently in Trag. (also in middle μέλλομαι, see infr. IV near the end): in this signification usually followed by present infinitive, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοὺς ξυμμάχους. οὐ μελλήσομεν τιμωρεῖν· οἱ δ᾽ οὐκέτι μέλλουσι κακῶς πάσχειν we shall not delay to succour our allies, for their sufferings are not being delayed, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: rarely followed by aorist infinitive, [Refs]infinitive is frequently omitted, τί μέλλει; why delayest thou? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μέλλον τι. ἔπος a hesitating word, which one hesitates to speak, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μέλλων σφυγμός a hesitating pulse, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] IV) participle μέλλων is used quasi-adjectivally, ὁ μ. χρόνος the future time, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the future tense, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; ἡ μ. αὐτοῦ δύναμις his future power, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν μ. βλαστόν (καρπόν codices) [Refs 4th c.BC+] things to come, the future, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; opposed to to what is simply future (τὸ ἐσόμενον), [Refs 4th c.BC+]; εἰς τὸ μέλλον (i.e. ἔτος) [NT+1st c.AD+]middle, τὰ ἰσχυρότατα ἐλπιζόμενα μέλλεται your strongest pleas are hopes in futurity, [Refs 5th c.BC+] — but V) passive μέλλομαι, ὡς μὴ μέλλοιτο τὰ δέοντα that the necessary steps might not be delayed, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ὅσῳ ταῦτα μέλλεται while these delays are going on, [Refs 4th c.BC+]future μελλήσομαι uncertain reading in [Refs 6th c.AD+]perfect participle μεμελλημένος, = {μέλλων, σφυγμός} [Refs 2nd c.AD+]
Strongs
Word:
μέλλω
Transliteration:
méllō
Pronounciation:
mel'-lo
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Verb
Definition:
to intend, i.e. be about to be, do, or suffer something (of persons or things, especially events; in the sense of purpose, duty, necessity, probability, possibility, or hesitation); about, after that, be (almost), (that which is, things, + which was for) to come, intend, was to (be), mean, mind, be at the point, (be) ready, + return, shall (begin), (which, that) should (after, afterwards, hereafter) tarry, which was for, will, would, be yet; a strengthened form of g3199 (μέλω) (through the idea of expectation)
to suffer
Strongs:
Lexicon:
πάσχω
Greek:
πάσχειν
Transliteration:
paschein
Context:
Next word
Morphhology:
Verb Present Active Infinitive
Grammar:
an ACTION that is to happen
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
πάσχω
Transliteration:
paschō
Gloss:
to suffer
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
πάσχω [in LXX: Amo.6:6 (חָלָה ni.), Wis.12:27, Sir.38:16, al;] to suffer, be acted on, as opposite to acting, often limited by a word expressive of good or evil; (a) of misfortunes (most frequently without any limiting word): absol, Luk.22:15 24:46, Act.1:3 3:18 17:3, 1Co.12:26, Heb.2:18 9:26 13:12, 1Pe.2:19-20 2:23 3:17 4:15 4:19; before ὑπό, with genitive, Mat.17:12; ὑπέρ, Act.9:16, Php.1:20, 2Th.1:5, 1Pe.2:21; with dative ref, 1Pe.4:1; περί, with genitive (before ὑπέρ), 1Pe.3:18; διά, with accusative, 1Pe.3:14; ὀλίγον (a little while), 1Pe.5:10; with accusative, Mat.27:19, Mrk.9:12, Luk.13:2 24:26, Act.28:5, 2Ti.1:12, Heb.5:8, Rev.2:10; παθήματα, 2Co.1:6; ταῦτα, Gal.3:4 (EV; cf. Lft, in l, but see infr.); accusative before ἀπό, Mat.16:21, Luk.9:22 17:25; ὑπό, Mrk.5:26, 1Th.2:14; (b) of pleasant experiences (but always with qualifying word, εὖ or accusative of thing(s)): Gal.3:4 (cf. Grimm-Thayer, see word; Interp. Corn, in l, but see supr.) (cf. προ, συν-πάσχω). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
πάσχω
Transliteration:
paschō
Gloss:
to suffer
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
πάσχω, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: imperfect ἔπασχον [Refs]: future πείσομαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect 3rd.pers. singular παισεῖται [Refs 3rd c.BC+]: aorist ἔπᾰθον [Refs 8th c.BC+]: perfect πέπονθα [Refs 8th c.BC+]pluperfect ἐπεπόνθειν[Refs]; Attic dialect ἐπεπόνθη [Refs 5th c.BC+] (all the above tenses in [Refs 8th c.BC+], present and aorist only in [Refs 8th c.BC+]perfect πέπασθε (so [Refs 8th c.BC+]; feminine perfect participle πεπᾰθυῖα [Refs]; Doric dialect perfect πέποσχα [Refs 7th c.BC+]:—have something done to one, suffer, opposed to do, ὅσσ᾽ ἔρξαν τ᾽ ἔπαθόν τε [Refs 8th c.BC+]; δρᾶν καὶ πάσχειν, see at {δρά; πολλὰ μὲν. πείσεσθαι}, πολλὰ δὲ ποιήσειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]passive of ποιέω compare [Refs 4th c.BC+] to be treated so and so by another, suffer it at his hands, ἃ πάσχοντες ὑφ᾽ ἑτέρων ὀργίζεσθε, ταῦτα τοὺς ἄλλους μὴ ποιεῖτε [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) to have something happen to one, to be or come to be in a state or case, καί τι ἔφη γελοῖον παθεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁρᾶτε μὴ ταὐτὸ πάθητε τῷ ἵππῳ see that it be not with you as with the horse in the fable, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; παραπλήσιον π. ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁμοιότατον πεπονθέναι ὥσπερ ἂν εἴ τις. [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.2) of the influence of passion or feeling, to be affected in a certain way, be (or come to be) in a certain state of mind, οἱ Καμαριναῖοι ἐπεπόνθεσαν τοιόνδε [Refs 5th c.BC+] adjective, ὑϊκὸν πάσχει he is swinishly disposed, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the man of feeling or impulse, ὁ μὴ πάσχων the unimpassioned man, [Refs 4th c.BC+] II.3) of things, πεπόνθασι. αἱ Ἰώνων ὁρταὶ τοῦτο this is the case with, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πάσχει δὲ ταὐτὸ τοῦτο καὶ τὰ κάρδαμα this is just the way with, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁμοίως π. τῷ Νείλῳ to be in the same case with, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.4) Grammars, of words, to be subject to certain changes, [Refs]; τὸ πεπονθός a modified form, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] II.4.b) to be passive in meaning, [Refs] III) frequently with adverbs, κακῶς πάσχειν or παθεῖν to be in evil plight, unlucky, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κακῶς π. ὑπό τινος to be ill used, ill treated by, [Refs 5th c.BC+] adjective, κακά, αἰνά, λυγρὰ π[Refs 8th c.BC+]; πρέποντα πάσχειν[Refs 8th c.BC+] substantive, ἄλγεα, κήδεα, πήματα, ἀεκήλια ἔργα[Refs 8th c.BC+]: rarely in Attic dialect, πράγματ᾽ αἴσχιστ᾽ ἂν ἐπάθομεν [Refs 4th c.BC+] III.b) εὖ πάσχειν to be well off, in good case, with genitive, τῶν αὑτοῦ (to be read ὧν αὐτοῦ, compare ὅς Possess.) κτεάνων εὖ πασχέμεν to have the good of, enjoy one's own, like{ἀπολαύω}, γεύομαι, etc, [Refs 6th c.BC+]; εὖ πάσχειν receive benefits, opposed to εὖ δρᾶν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also with an adjective, π. ἀγαθά [Refs 7th c.BC+]; χαρτά, ὅσια, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γλυκέα, χαρίεντα π, [Refs 5th c.BC+] III.2) without adverb, with reference to evil, used for κακῶς or κακὰπ, μάλα πόλλ᾽ ἔπαθον καὶ πόλλ᾽ ἐμόγησα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὁτιοῦν π. suffer anything whatever, [Refs 5th c.BC+] by hard experience, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὁ παθών the injured parly, [Refs 5th c.BC+] —Phrases: μή τι πάθῃς or πάθοι, lest thou, lest he suffer any ill, [Refs 8th c.BC+], as euphemism, if aught were to happen to me, i.e. if I were to die, [Refs 7th c.BC+] III.2.b) in Law, suffer punishment, pay the penalty, [NT+5th c.BC+]; ὡς προδότης καὶ ἐπιβουλεύων τῷ δήμῳ πασχέτω τι Aen.[Refs 5th c.BC+] III.3) τί πάθ; what is to become of me? ὤμοι ἐγώ, τί π; [Refs 8th c.BC+]; sometimes what (else) am I to do? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so especially τί γὰρ π; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡμολόγηκα· τί γὰρ π; I allow it—how can I help it? [Refs 5th c.BC+] III.4) in 2nd pers. singular, τί πάσχει; what's the matter with you? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τί χρῆμα πάσχει; [Refs]: so in aorist participle, τί παθώ; τί παθόντε λελάσμεθα θούριδος ἀλκῆ; what possesses us that we have forgotten? [Refs 8th c.BC+]; but τί παθόντες γαῖαν ἔδυτ; what befell you that you died? [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also οὐδὲν θαυμαστὸν ἔπαθεν. πεισθείς no wonder that he was induced, [Refs 5th c.BC+] III.5) to be ill, suffer, with accusative of the part affected, π. τοὺς πόδας, τὴν πλευράν, [Refs 3rd c.AD+]participle, ὁ πάσχων, almost ={ὁ κάμνων}, the patient, PMag. Par.[Refs]; μεταβαίνει ἀπὸ τῶν παθῶν ἐπὶ τοὺς πάσχοντας ἀνθρώπους [Refs 2nd c.AD+] IV) in later Stoic Philos, πάσχειν is to be acted upon by outward objects, take impressions from, them, opposed to ἀποπάσχω, mostly followed by ὅτι, to be led to suppose that, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]: also with accusative, have experience of, ἀρετήν, λόγον, [Refs 1st c.AD+] (Πṇθσκω, future Πένθ-σομαι, compare πένθος.)
Strongs
Word:
πάσχω
Transliteration:
páschō
Pronounciation:
pen'-tho
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Verb
Definition:
to experience a sensation or impression (usually painful); feel, passion, suffer, vex; apparently a primary verb
from
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ὑπό
Greek:
ὑπ᾽
Transliteration:
hup᾽
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
by/under
Morphhology:
Preposition
Grammar:
relating it to another person or thing
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Additional:
by/under, by
Tyndale
Word:
ὑπό
Transliteration:
hupo
Gloss:
by/under: by
Morphhology:
Greek Preposition
Definition:
ὑπό (before smooth breathing ὑπ᾽, Mat.8:9 b, Luk.7:8 b; before rough breathing ὑφ᾽, Rom.3:9; on the neglect of elision in Mt, Lk, ll. witha, Gal.3:22, see WH, App., 146; Tdf, Pr., iv), prep. with genitive, dative (not in NT), accusative I. C. genitive, primarily of place, under, hence, metaphorically, of the efficient cause, by: after passive verbs, with genitive of person(s), Mat.1:22, Mrk.1:5, Luk.2:18, Jhn.14:21, Act.4:11, 1Co.1:11, Heb.3:4, al; with genitive of thing(s), Mat.8:24, Luk.7:24, Rom.3:21, al; with neut. verbs and verbs with pass, meaning, Mat.17:12, Mrk.5:26, 1Co.10:9, 10 1Th.2:14, al. II. C. accusative, under; 1) of motion: Mat.5:15 8:8, Mrk.4:21, Luk.13:34; hence, metaphorically, of subjection, Rom.7:14, 1Co.15:27, Gal.3:22, 1Pe.5:6, al. 2) Of position: Jhn.1:49, Act.4:12, Rom.3:13, 1Co.10:1, al; hence, metaphorically, under, subject to, Mat.8:9, Rom.3:9, 1Co.9:20, Gal.4:5, al. 3) Of time, about: Act.5:21. III. In composition: under (ὑποδέω), hence, of subjection (ὑποτάσσω), compliance (ὑπακούω), secrecy (ὑποβάλλω), diminution (ὑποπνέω). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ὑπό
Transliteration:
hupo
Gloss:
by/under: by
Morphhology:
Greek Preposition
Definition:
ὑπό [ῠ], preposition with genitive, dative, and accusative: Aeolic dialect ὐπά [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect ὑπά Ἀρχ.Δελτ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ηυπύ only in [Refs 5th c.BC+] ὁπύ [Refs 4th c.BC+]; in Epic dialect ὑπαί (also [Refs 5th c.BC+]: this is found in [Refs 8th c.BC+] only six times as a well-attested reading (ὑ. πόδα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; elsewhere (before λ ν ρ ϝ) it is weakly attested as see l. for ὑπὸ (?~X ¯), e.g. ποσσὶ δ᾽ ὑπὸ (variant{ὑπαὶ}) λιπαροῖσι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; but ὑπαὶ νεφέων is given by most codices in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; it is not frequently in Trag. Poets, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (ὕπο) cf. Sanskrit úpa 'towards, near to, etc.', Gothic uf 'under'.) A) WITH GENITIVE, A.I) of Place, with Verbs of motion, from under, αὖτις ἀναστήσονται ὑ. ζόφου they will rise again from under the gloom, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐσιδόντες ὑπαὶ χειμῶνος αἴγλαν from under the storm-cloud, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; especially of rescuing from under another's power, after the Verbs ἐρύεσθαι, ἁρπάζειν, ῥύεσθαι, ἐρύειν, [Refs 8th c.BC+]from the consequences of, [Refs]; also ἵππους μὲν λῦσαν ὑ. ζυγοῦ from under the yoke,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὑπ᾽ ἀρνειοῦ λυόμην I loosed myself from under the ram, [Refs]; σπλάγχνων ὕπο ματέρος μόλεν, i.e. was born, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; rarely in Trag, ὑ. πτερῶν σπάσας [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare ὑπέκ. A.I.2) of the object under which a thing is or is placed, under, beneath, with collateral sense of motion, as μοχλὸν ὑ. σποδοῦ ἤλασα πολλῆς thrust it in under the embers, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also without the sense of motion, ὑπ᾽ ἀνθερεῶνος ὀχεὺς τέτατο [Refs 8th c.BC+] = under takes genitive in Attic dialect, accusative in 'Hellenic' Greek; κατακρύψας ὑ. κόπρου, which is variant in [Refs 8th c.BC+] is called by [Refs]; but in Attic dialect Prose, [Refs 5th c.BC+] is almost limited to these and a few other phrases, especially ὑ. γῆ; it is not found at all in [LXX+5th c.BC+], Ptolemaic papyri, and NT; [Refs 5th c.BC+] (= from under) [Refs]; the Orators have only ὑ. μάλης, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὑ. γῆς is found in [Refs 5th c.BC+] (ὑ. τῆς γῆς), [Refs] A.I.2.b) metaphorically, ἀρετῶσι δὲ λαοὶ ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ under his rule, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.II) of Cause or Agency, frequently with passive Verbs, and with intransitive Verbs in passive sense, μή πως τάχ᾽ ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ δουρὶ δαμήῃς [Refs 8th c.BC+]; εὖτ᾽ ἂν πολλοὶ ὑφ᾽ Ἕκτορος θνῂσκοντες πίπτωσι[Refs 8th c.BC+]; κλύοντές ἐσμεν αἰσχίστους λόγους. τοῦδ᾽ ὑπ᾽ ἀνδρὸς ἀρτίως we have been called shameful names by, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κακῶς ὑ. τῶν πολιτῶν ἀκούειν to be ill spoken of by, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of a subordinate agent, ὑ. κήρυκος προαγορεύειν, ἀπειπεῖν κηρύκων ὕπο, [Refs 5th c.BC+] substantive, τὸ ὑ. νόμου ἐπίταγμα (i. e. ἐπιταττόμενον)[Refs 5th c.BC+]; so ἄτρωτον ἦν ὑ. στύγους (={οὐ τετρωμένον}) probably in [Refs 4th c.BC+] A.II.2) also in pregnant phrases, not only of the immediate act of the agent, but also of its further result, ὅθ᾽ ὑ. λιγέων ἀνέμων σπέρχωσιν ἄελλαι hasten driven on by them, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὑφ᾽ Ἕκτορος. φεύγοντες fleeing before him,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἔπαινον, αἰτίαν ἔχειν ὑ. τινῶν, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.3) frequently of things as well as persons, ὡς διάκειμαι ὑ. τῆς νόσου [Refs 5th c.BC+]; χαλεπῶς ἔχειν ὑ. τραυμάτων [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κατεσκεύασαν τὰς πύλας κλείεσθαι ὑ. σφύρας τε μεγάλης καὶ κτύπου παμμεγέθους γιγνομένου [Refs 4th c.BC+]: of the agency of feelings, passions, etc, ἀνόρουσ᾽ ὑ. χάρματος [Refs]; ἐνδακρύειν, ἀνολολύξαι χαρᾶς ὕπο, [Refs 8th c.BC+] from courage, i. e. impelled by courage, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὐδὲ σέ γε δόλος ἔσχ᾽ ὑ. χειρὸς ἐμᾶς by my agency, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αἰ μήτις αὐτὸς δοίη, μὴ ὑπ᾽ ἀνάγκας not under compulsion, [Refs] A.II.4) ὑπό frequently serves to denote the attendant or accompanying circumstances, νέφος ἐρχόμενον κατὰ πόντον ὑ. Ζεφύροιο ἰωῆς [Refs 8th c.BC+]participle added, ἀμφὶ δὲ νῆες σμερδαλέον κονάβησαν ἀϋσάντων ὑπ᾽ Ἀχαιῶν at their shouting, i.e. when they shouted, [Refs] A.II.5) of accompanying music, to give the time, κώμαζον ὑπ᾽ αὐλοῦ [Refs 8th c.BC+]: generally, of anything attendant, δαΐδων ὕ. λαμπομενάων ἠγίνεον by torchlight, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὑπ᾽ εὐφήμου βοῆς θῦσαι offer a sacrifice accompanied by it, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὑ. φανοῦ πορεύεσθαι by lantern-light, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὑ. πομπῆς ἐξάγειν τινά in or with solemn procession, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὑ. βίης βήξας coughing with violence, violently, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐτόξευον ὑ. μαστίγων, i.e. they shot and lashed, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.6) ὑ. Ἑλλανοδικᾶν, ={ἐπί} with genitive, [Refs 4th c.BC+] A.II.7) in Mathematics texts, ἡ ὑ. ΘΔΗ the angle ΘΔΗ (={ἡ ὑ. τῶν ΘΔ, ΔΗ περιεχομένη γωνία}), [Refs 5th c.AD+]; but also τὸ ὑ. τῶν ΑΓ, ΓΒ the rectangle contained by ΑΓ, ΓΒ, ={ΑΓ χ ΓΒ}, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] A.II.8) ναῦλον ὄνων γ εἰς τὴν πόλιν ὑ. οἴνου laden with wine, Papyrus in [Refs 2nd c.AD+] B) WITH DATIVE (especially in Poets, never in [LXX] or NT, not common in [Refs 4th c.BC+], of Position under, ὑ. ποσσί [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὑ. Τμώλῳ at its foot,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; τῶν θανόντων ὑπ᾽ Ἰλίῳ under its walls, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ηυπὺ τῇ κλίνῃ τούτῃ ληνὸς (or Λῆνος) ηύπυ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; στρουθοὶ ὑ. τῇ τραπέζῃ [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὑ. τῇ μασχάλῃ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ ὑ. τῇ γῇ ἀήρ under the earth, [Refs]; ἐὰν ὑ. σοὶ κατακλινῇ lies next below you, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὑφ᾽ ἅρμασι under, i.e. yoked to, the chariot, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τά τε θηρία καὶ τὰς ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῖς σχεδίας under them, on which they stood, [Refs 4th c.BC+] “*Deff.” 135.12; ὑ. τῷ δέρματι [Refs 2nd c.AD+] B.2) with Verbs of motion, where rest or position follows, εἷσαν ὑ. φηγῷ set [him] down under it, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.3) in such phrases as ὑ. χερσί τινος ἁλῶναι, δαμῆναι, [Refs]; ἐμῇς ὑ. χερσὶ δάμασσον [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.4) behind, ὑ. φάλαγγι [Refs 1st c.BC+]; under the cover or protection of, ὑ. τούτῳ τῷ φράγματι τοὺς ὑπορύσσοντας εἶναι [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.II) of the person under whose hand, power, or influence, or the thing by or through which a thing is done, ὑπ᾽ Ἀργείοισι φέβοντο fled before them, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀτῆθαι ὑ. τῷ μεμφομένῳ [Refs]; ὁ χρησμὸς ὁ γεγονὼς ὑ. τοῖ Ἀπόλλωνι [Refs] B.II.2) expressing subjection or dependence, ὑ. τινί under one's power, δέδμητο δὲ λαὸς ὑπ᾽ αὐτῷ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἶναι ὑ. τισί to be subordinate, subject to them, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὑ. Χείρωνι τεθραμμένος under the eye of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἔχειν ὑφ᾽ ἑαυτῷ have under one, at one's command, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in pregnant sense, ἵνα. πάντα ὑ. Πέρσῃσι γένηται [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.3) of the subordination of things coming under a class, αἱ ὑ. ταῖς τέχναις ἐργασίαι [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.4) as in [Refs 4th c.BC+] advanced to the music of the flute-player, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὑπ᾽ αὐλῷ, ὑ. κήρυκι καὶ θεολόγῳ, [Refs 1st c.AD+]: generally, of attendant circumstances, ἐξ ἁλὸς εἶσι. πνοιῇ ὕπο Ζεφύροιο [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὑ. ῥάβδοις καὶ πελέκεσι κατιών escorted by the lictors, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; ὑ. σκότῳ, νυκτί, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὑ. πολλῷ στρατῷ escorted by a great host, [Refs 5th c.BC+] — ὑπό has no sense with dative which it has not also with genitive; but all its senses with genitive do not belong to the dative:—later ὑπό with dative is found as a mere periphrastic of the dative, στέφος. αὐτὸς ὑφ᾽ ἡμετέραις πλεξάμενος παλάμαις [Refs 3rd c.BC+] C) WITH ACCUSATIVE, of Place; to express motion towards and under an object, ὑ. σπέος ἤλασε μῆλα drove them under, i.e. into, the cave, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; σεῦ ὕστερος εἶμ᾽ ὑ. γαῖαν, i.e. shall die, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κατακρύπτειν τινὰ ὑ. τὴν αὐτὴν θύρην under shelter of it, i.e. behind it, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; of coming close up under a lofty citadel, ἤλθεθ᾽ ὑ. Τροίην up to T, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὑ. ταὐτὸ στέγος εἰσελθεῖν [Refs]; πᾶν ὃ ἐὰν ἔλθῃ. ὑ. τὴν ῥάβδον [LXX]; so ὑ. δικαστήριον ὑπαχθείς, ἀγαγόντες, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.2) of Position or Extension under an object, without sense of motion, Ἀρκαδίην ὑ. Κυλλήνης ὄρος [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀνθέντω ὑ. τὸν ναὸν τᾶς Δάματρος [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; ὅσσοι ἔασιν ὑπ᾽ ἠῶ τ᾽ ἠέλιόν τε everywhere under the sun, [LXX+8th c.BC+]; τὸ ὑ. τὴν ἀκρόπολιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὑ. γῆν is more frequently than ὑ. γῆς in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; it is found also in [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; ὑ. γῆν the nadir, opposed to μεσουράνημα, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; also ἄγχε δέ μιν. ἱμὰς ἁπαλὴν ὑ. δειρήν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὐλὴ ὑπ᾽ ὀφθαλμὸν δεξιόν [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; ὑ. τὸ μέρος τοῦ ἐνοφειλομένου ὑπογραψάτω ὅσον ἰδίᾳ ἔχει [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; κείμενος ὑ. τὸν ὀμφαλόν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; καταψύξατε ὑ. τὸ δένδρον [LXX]; ὑ. τὸν λέβητα[LXX]; ὑ. τοὺς πόδας[LXX+1st c.AD+]; ἡ ὑ. πόδα (i.e. γραμμή) the base of a triangle, [Refs 2nd c.BC+] “*Mens.” 55; also ὑπ᾽ αὐγὰς. λεύσσουσαι πέπλους holding them up to the light, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also ὑ. τὸν ὀφθαλμόν close to the eye, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: of subordinate position. κατακλίνεσθαι ὑ. τινά [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; τίς ὑ. τίν; who is next to whom, [Refs 1st c.AD+] C.2.b) in Mathematics texts, ὁ κύβος ὁ ὑ. τὴν. σφαῖραν inscribed in the sphere, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; ὑ. τὰν αὐτὰν γωνίαν subtending, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] C.3) of the logical subordination of things under a class, τῶν ἑτερογενῶν καὶ μὴ ὑπ᾽ ἄλληλα τεταγμένων [Refs 4th c.BC+]; οἱ ὑ. τὸ ψεῦδος τεταγμένοι in the category of, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] C.II) of subjection, control, dependence, never in [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc. (see. ἥλιος [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; τοῦ τοπαρχοῦντος ὑ. σέ [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; στρατενσάμενον ὑ. ἄρχοντα Ἀντίοχον [Refs]; μηδὲ ὑ. δεσπότην ὤν [LXX]; for ὑ. χεῖρα, see at {χεί; οἱ ὑ. τινά} [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.III) of Time, in the course of, during, or to be left untranslated in English, ἐκέλευε Τοωσὶ ποτὶ πτόλιν ἡγήσασθαι νύχθ᾽ ὕ. τήνδ᾽ ὀλοήν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὑ. τὴν πρώτην ἐπελθοῦσαν νύκτα ἀπέδρη[LXX]: rarely with stress on the duration, πάνθ᾽ ὑ. μηνιθμόν throughout its continuance, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὐδὲν τῶν κατ᾽ Αἴγυπτον ὑ. ταῦτα ἑτεροιωθῆναι during that time, [Refs] C.III.2) also of Time, about, sometimes more precisely at, and of events, about or at the time of, ὑπ᾽ αὐτὸν τὸν χρόνον ὅτε. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὑφ᾽ ἕνα καιρόν at one time, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὑ. τὴν ἑωθινήν, ὑ. τὴν ὄρφνην, [NT+2nd c.BC+]; ποιεῖσθαι τοὺς περιπάτους ὑ. τὸ ψῦχος in the cool of the morning, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; ὑφ᾽ ἓν πάντες all at once, at the same time, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; παιδάριον ὑ. τὴν ἀναπνοὴν ἑπτὰ καὶ πέντε στίχους συνεῖρον in one breath, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; ὑφ᾽ ἓν ἐκτρῖψαι at one blow, [LXX]; ὑ. μίαν ἄρσιν καὶ θέσιν ἀνατείνοντες καὶ κατατιθέμενοι, of a squad of diggers, [Refs]; ὑ. μίαν φωνήν Aristeas 178; πῶς γὰρ ἂν ὑ. τὰς αὐτὰς ἡμέρας ἔν τε τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ καὶ ἐν τῇ Κιλικίᾳ. πολεμήσει; at the same time, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; sometimes with participle, ὑ. τὸν νηὸν κατακαέντα at the time of its burning, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὑ. τὴν κατάλυσιν τοῦ πολέμου just at the end, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὑ. τὸν θυμὸν ἐκ χειρὸς ἐπιστρατευσαμένων at the very time of their anger, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; παραδόντω τοῖς αἱρεθεῖσι εἰς τὸν ὑπ᾽ αὐτὰ (or ὕπαυτα as adverb ={ἑξῆς}) ἐνιαυτόν [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; ὑ. κύνα [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.IV) of accompaniment, ὑπὸ ὄρχησίν τε καὶ ᾠδήν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὑ. κήρυκα (see. κῆρυξ [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.IV.2) ὄνον ἕνα ὑ. λαχανόσπερμον laden with, Meyer [Refs 1st c.AD+]; ὄνοι ὑ. δένδρα [Refs 3rd c.AD+]; compare above [Refs 4th c.BC+] D) POSITION: ὑ. can follow its substantive, becoming by anastrophe ὕπο. It is frequently separated from the substantive by intervening words, as in [Refs 8th c.BC+] —ὑπαί is placed after its case in [Refs 5th c.BC+] E) AS adverb, under, below, beneath, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; especially of young animals, under the mother, i.e. at the breast, [Refs 8th c.BC+] E.2) behind, [Refs 5th c.BC+] E.II) ὑπ᾽ ἐκ or ὑπέκ, see at {ὑπέκ}.—In [Refs 8th c.BC+] the separation of the preposition from its Verb by tmesis is very frequently, and sometimes it follows, in which case it suffers anastrophe, φυγὼν ὕπο νηλεὲς ἦμαρ [Refs 8th c.BC+] F) IN COMPOSITION (joined with other words): F.I) under, as well of rest as of motion, as in ὕπειμι, ὑποβαίνω, etc. F.I.2) of the casing or covering of one thing with another, as ὑπάργυρος, ὑπόχρυσος. F.I.3) of the agency or influence under which a thing is done, to express subjection or subordination, ὑποδαμνάω, ὑποδμώς, ὑφηνίοχος, compare ἐπί [Refs] F.II) denoting what is in small degree or gradual, somewhat, a little, as in ὑποκινέω, ὑποδεής, ὑπόλευκος (so in tmesi, ὑ. τι ἀσεβῆ [Refs 5th c.BC+] F.III) underhand, secretly, as in ὑποθέω, ὑποθωπεύω, ὑποκορίζομαι, ὑπόρνυμι.
Strongs > g5259
Word:
ὑπό
Transliteration:
hypó
Pronounciation:
hoop-o'
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Preposition
Definition:
under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)); among, by, from, in, of, under, with; a primary preposition
them.
Strongs:
Lexicon:
αὐτός
Greek:
αὐτῶν.
Transliteration:
autōn
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
he/she/it/self
Morphhology:
Personal pronoun Genitive Plural Masculine
Grammar:
a reference to recently mentioned male people or things that something belongs to
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Additional:
of them
Alternates:
Tyndale
Word:
αὐτός
Transliteration:
autos
Gloss:
it/s/he
Morphhology:
Greek Personal Pronoun (3rd person)
Definition:
αὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more frequently than in cl. (WM, 178f; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). 1) Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art, see infr, iii); (1) self (ipse), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc, αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Luk.5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jhn.2:25; αὐ.ὑμεῖς, Jhn.3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Rom.15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jhn.2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ, Mrk.2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ, Mrk.6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mat.3:4, Mrk.6:17, Jhn.16:27, 1Th.3:11, al; in late Gk, sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Luk.10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, see word); (2) emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl, §48, 1, 2, 7), Mat.1:21, 12:50, Luk.6:35, al; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mat.8:24, Mrk.4:38, al; αὐ, καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (BL, §48, 1), Mat.14:2, Mrk.14:15, 44, Luk.1:22, 2:28, al. 2) In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd of person(s), he, she, it, Mat.7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al; with ptcp. in genitive absol, Mat.9:18, Mrk.13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl, §74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לוֹ; WM, 184ff; Bl, §50, 4; MM, see word), Mrk.7:25, Rev.3:8, 7:2, al; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mat.4:23, Act.8:5, 2Co.2:13, al; genitive αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Rom.11:11, 1Th.2:19, Tit.3:5, Heb.2:4. 3) ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ, the same: Heb.1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ, ποιεῖν, Mat.5:46, 47, al; φρονεῖν, Rom.12:16, 15:5, Php.2:2, al; τὰ αὐ, Act.15:27, Rom.2:1, al; κατὰ τὸ (τὰ) αὐ. (MM, see word), Act.14:1, Luk.6:23, al; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ, together (MM, see word), Mat.22:34, Act.1:15, al; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ, 1Co.11:5, 12:11; with dative (cl.), 1Co.11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mrk.14:39; μέτρος, Php.1:30; πνεῦμα, 1Co.12:4. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
αὐτός
Transliteration:
autos
Gloss:
it/s/he
Morphhology:
Greek Personal Pronoun (3rd person)
Definition:
αὐτός (Cretan dialect ἀϝτός [Refs] (also αὐτόν[Refs], reflexive pronoun, self:—in oblique cases used for the personal pronoun, him, her, it:—with Article, ὁ αὐτός, ἡ αὐτή, τὸ αὐτό (also ταὐτόν), etc, the very one, the same. I) self, myself, thyself, etc, accusative to the person of the Verb: frequently joined with ἐγώ, σύ, etc. (see. below 10), I.1) one's true self, the soul, not the body, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; reversely, body, not soul, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; oneself, as opposed to others who are less prominent, as king to subject, [Refs]; man to wife and children, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; warrior to horses, [Refs 8th c.BC+], or to weapons, [Refs]; shepherd to herd, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; seamen to ships, [Refs]: generally, whole to parts,[Refs 5th c.BC+]: absolutely, the Master, as in the [Refs 4th c.BC+] Latin Ipse dixit; so τίς οὗτος;— Αὐτός, i.e. Socrates, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀναβόησον Αὐτόν[Refs]the Master, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the result will show, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; especially αὐτὸ δείξει[Refs 5th c.BC+]; of things, the very, ὑπὸ λόφον αὐτόν, i.e. just, exactly under, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πρὸς αὐταῖς ταῖς θύραις close by the door, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὸ τὸ δέον the very thing needed, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὸ τὸ περίορθρον the point of dawn, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὰ τὰ ἐναντία the very opposite, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; even, οὔ μοι μέλει ἄλγος οὔτ᾽ αὐτῆς Ἑκάβης[Refs 8th c.BC+] —In these senses αὐτός in Prose either precedes both the _Article_ and substantive, or follows both, e.g. αὐτὸς ὁ υἱός or ὁ υἱὸς αὐτός. The Article is sometimes omitted with proper names, or Nouns denoting individuals, αὐτὸς Μένων[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.2) of oneself, of one's own accord, ἀλλά τις αὐ. ἴτω[Refs 8th c.BC+]; also, in person, τῶν πραγμάτων ὑμῖν. αὐτοῖς ἀντιληπτέον[Refs 4th c.BC+] I.3) by oneself or itself, alone, αὐτός περ ἐών although alone, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αὐτὸς ἐγείναο παῖδ᾽, i.e. without a mother,[Refs 8th c.BC+]by himself, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτοὶ γάρ ἐσμεν we are by ourselves, i.e. among friends, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὰ γὰρ ἔστιν ταῦτα these and no others, [Refs 5th c.BC+] himself alone, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αὐτὸς μόνος, see at {μόνος} II; αὐτὸς καθ᾽ αὑτόν, see at {ἑαυτοῦ}. I.4) in Philosophy, by or in itself, of an abstract concept or idea, δίκαιον αὐτό[Refs 5th c.BC+] is frequently in this sense, attached to Nouns of all genders, οὐκ αὐτὸ δικαιοσύνην ἐπαινοῦντες ἀλλὰ τὰς ἀπ᾽ αὐτῆς εὐδοκιμήσεις[Refs 5th c.BC+]; more fully, εἰ αὐτὸ τοῦτο πατέρα ἠρώτων, ἆρα ὁ πατήρ ἐστι πατήρ τινος, ἢ ο; [Refs]; ἀδελφός, αὐτὸ τοῦτο ὅπερ ἔστιν the ideal, abstract brother, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; less frequently agreeing with the substantive, ἵνα αὐτὴ δικαιοσύνη πρὸς ἀδικίαν αὐτὴν κριθείη[Refs 5th c.BC+]its very self, [Refs] I.5) in dative with substantive, in one, together, ἀνόρουσεν αὐτῇ σὺν φόρμιγγι he sprang up lyre in hand, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αὐτῇ σὺν πήληκι κάρη helmet and all,[Refs 8th c.BC+] men and all, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτοῖσι συμμάχοισι allies and all, [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.6) added to ordinal Numbers, e.g. πέμπτος αὐτός himself the fifth, i. e. himself with four others, [NT+5th c.BC+] I.7) frequently coupled with οὗτος, τοῦτ᾽ αὐτό ἐστι τὸ ζητηθέν[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ταῦτα ἥκω αὐτὰ ἵνα. [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.8) καὶ αὐτός himself too, [Refs 8th c.BC+] I.9) repeated in apodosi for emphasis, αὐτὸς ἐπαγγειλάμενος σώσειν. αὐτὸς ἀπώλεσεν[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.10) in connexion with the person. pronoun, ἐγὼν αὐτός[Refs 8th c.BC+]; followed by an enclitic pronoun, αὐτόν μιν[Refs 8th c.BC+] I.10.b) with person. pronoun omitted, αὐτός. ἧσθαι λιλαίομαι, for ἐγὼ αὐτός, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αὐτὸν ἐλέησον, for ἐμὲ αὐτόν,[Refs 8th c.BC+] is simply a strengthened form of ο; and so in Attic dialect, when σὲ αὐτόν, ἐμοὶ αὐτῷ, etc, are read divisim, they are emphatic, not reflexive; in this case αὐτός generally precedes the person. pronoun,[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.10.c) with the reflexive ἑαυτοῦ, αὑτοῦ, etc, to add force and definiteness, αὐτὸς καθ᾽ αὑτοῦ[Refs 4th c.BC+]; αὐτοὶ ὑφ᾽ αὑτῶν[Refs 5th c.BC+]; sometimes between the Article and reflexive pronoun, τοῖς αὐτὸς αὑτοῦ πήμασιν βαρύνεται[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.10.d) αὐτοῦ, αὐτῶν with possessive pronoun, πατρὸς κλέος ἠδ᾽ ἐμὸν αὐτοῦ[Refs 8th c.BC+]; τοῖς οἷσιν αὐτοῦ[Refs 8th c.BC+] I.10.e) αὐτὸς ἑαυτοῦ with comparative and superlative adjective, αὐτὸς ἑωυτοῦ ῥέει πολλῷ ὑποδεέστερος[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.11) αὐτός for ὁ αὐτός, the same, [Refs 8th c.BC+], and in later Prose, αὐταῖς ταῖς ἡμέραις[NT+2nd c.AD+] I.12) comparative αὐτότερος[Refs 5th c.BC+]: superlative αὐτότατος his very self, [Refs 5th c.BC+]. adverb, comparative αὐτοτέρως[Refs 2nd c.AD+] II) he, she, it, for the simple pronoun of 3 person, only in oblique cases (except in later Gk, [NT], and rarely first in a sentence, [NT+5th c.BC+]: rare in Epic dialect, [Refs 8th c.BC+], and mostly emphatic,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; so in Trag, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in Prose, to recall a Noun used earlier in the sentence, ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν βασιλέα. οὐκ οἶδα ὅ τι δεῖ αὐτὸν ὀμόσαι[Refs 5th c.BC+]; after a Relative, ὅς κε θεοῖς ἐπιπείθηται. ἔκλυον αὐτοῦ[Refs 8th c.BC+]; especially where a second Verb requires a change of case in the pronoun, οἳ ἂν ἐξελεγχθῶσι. ὡς προδότας αὐτοὺς ὄντας τιμωρηθῆναι[Refs 5th c.BC+]; later, pleonastically after a Relative, ὧν ὁ μὲν αὐτῶν[NT+5th c.BC+] III) with Article ὁ αὐτός, ἡ αὐτή, τὸ αὐτό, and Attic dialect contraction αὑτός, αὑτή, ταὐτό and ταὐτόν (as required by the metre,[Refs 5th c.BC+] plural neuter ταὐτ; Ionic dialect ὡυτός, τὠυτό:—the very one, the same, rare in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: with dative, to denote sameness or agreement, especially in Prose, τὠυτὸ ἂν ὑμῖν ἐπρήσσομεν[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ αὐτὸς τῷ λίθῳ the same as the stone, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ταὐτῷ εἶναί τινι to be in the place with, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; προσίεσθαί τινα ἐς ταὐτὸ ἑαυτῷ to have a person meet one,[Refs 5th c.BC+]face to face, [Refs 4th c.AD+] III.2) in later Greek, the said, the above-named, Ἡρώδης ὁ αὐ.[Refs 3rd c.BC+] IV) Adverbial phrases: IV.1) αὐτὸ μόνον simply, merely, [Refs 1st c.AD+] IV.2) αὐτό as adverb, ={ἄρτι}, [Refs] IV.3) αὐτὸ τοῦτο as adverb, [NT+2nd c.BC+] IV.4) with Preps, ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό added together, making a total, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; κατὰ τὸ αὐτό together, at the same time,[NT], etc; but κατ᾽ αὐτό just then, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] V) In Compos: V.1) of or by oneself, self-, as in αὐτοδίδακτος, αὐτογνώμων, αὐτόματος: and so, independently, as in αὐτοκράτωρ, αὐτόνομος. V.2) hence, as a second self, very, bodily, as with proper names, Αὐτοθαΐς. V.3) in the abstract, the ideal, see above[Refs] V.4) precisely, as in αὐτόδεκα. V.5) rarely with reflexive sense of ἀλλήλων, as in αὐτοκτονέω. V.6) in one piece with, together with, as in αὐτόκωπος, αὐτοχείλης, αὐτόπρεμνος, αὐτόρριζος. V.7) by itself: hence, only, as in αὐτόξυλος, αὐτόποκος.—For αὐτοῦ, αὐτῶς, etc, see the respective Arts.
Strongs
Word:
αὐτός
Transliteration:
autós
Pronounciation:
ow-tos'
Language:
Greek
Definition:
the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative g1438 (ἑαυτοῦ)) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons; her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which; from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of g109 (ἀήρ) through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward)
